Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1 | //===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===// |
| 2 | // |
| 3 | // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure |
| 4 | // |
Chris Lattner | 0bc735f | 2007-12-29 19:59:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5 | // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source |
| 6 | // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 7 | // |
| 8 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 9 | // |
| 10 | // This file implements semantic analysis for expressions. |
| 11 | // |
| 12 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 13 | |
| 14 | #include "Sema.h" |
John McCall | 7d384dd | 2009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 15 | #include "Lookup.h" |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 16 | #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" |
Daniel Dunbar | c4a1dea | 2008-08-11 05:35:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 17 | #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" |
Anders Carlsson | d497ba7 | 2009-08-26 22:59:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 18 | #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 19 | #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" |
Steve Naroff | f494b57 | 2008-05-29 21:12:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 20 | #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" |
Anders Carlsson | d497ba7 | 2009-08-26 22:59:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 21 | #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 22 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 23 | #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" |
Anders Carlsson | d497ba7 | 2009-08-26 22:59:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 24 | #include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h" |
| 25 | #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" |
Steve Naroff | 4eb206b | 2008-09-03 18:15:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 26 | #include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h" |
Chris Lattner | 418f6c7 | 2008-10-26 23:43:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 27 | #include "clang/Parse/Designator.h" |
Steve Naroff | 4eb206b | 2008-09-03 18:15:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 28 | #include "clang/Parse/Scope.h" |
Douglas Gregor | 314b97f | 2009-11-10 19:49:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 29 | #include "clang/Parse/Template.h" |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 30 | using namespace clang; |
| 31 | |
David Chisnall | 0f43656 | 2009-08-17 16:35:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 32 | |
Douglas Gregor | 48f3bb9 | 2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 33 | /// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and |
| 34 | /// emit any corresponding diagnostics. |
| 35 | /// |
| 36 | /// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing |
| 37 | /// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example, |
| 38 | /// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being |
| 39 | /// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted |
| 40 | /// function is being used. |
| 41 | /// |
Chris Lattner | 5233826 | 2009-10-25 22:31:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 42 | /// If IgnoreDeprecated is set to true, this should not want about deprecated |
| 43 | /// decls. |
| 44 | /// |
Douglas Gregor | 48f3bb9 | 2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 45 | /// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be |
| 46 | /// referenced), false otherwise. |
Chris Lattner | 5233826 | 2009-10-25 22:31:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 47 | /// |
John McCall | 54abf7d | 2009-11-04 02:18:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 48 | bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) { |
Chris Lattner | 76a642f | 2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 49 | // See if the decl is deprecated. |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 40b598e | 2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 50 | if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) { |
John McCall | 54abf7d | 2009-11-04 02:18:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 51 | EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Loc); |
Chris Lattner | 76a642f | 2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 52 | } |
| 53 | |
Chris Lattner | ffb9368 | 2009-10-25 17:21:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 54 | // See if the decl is unavailable |
| 55 | if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { |
| 56 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName(); |
| 57 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0; |
| 58 | } |
| 59 | |
Douglas Gregor | 48f3bb9 | 2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 60 | // See if this is a deleted function. |
Douglas Gregor | 25d944a | 2009-02-24 04:26:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 61 | if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { |
Douglas Gregor | 48f3bb9 | 2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 62 | if (FD->isDeleted()) { |
| 63 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use); |
| 64 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true; |
| 65 | return true; |
| 66 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 25d944a | 2009-02-24 04:26:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 67 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 48f3bb9 | 2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 68 | |
Douglas Gregor | 48f3bb9 | 2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 69 | return false; |
Chris Lattner | 76a642f | 2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 70 | } |
| 71 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | 5b53005 | 2009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 72 | /// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 73 | /// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel |
Fariborz Jahanian | 5b53005 | 2009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 74 | /// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument. |
| 75 | /// |
| 76 | void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 77 | Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) { |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 40b598e | 2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 78 | const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>(); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 79 | if (!attr) |
Fariborz Jahanian | 88f1ba0 | 2009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 80 | return; |
Fariborz Jahanian | 88f1ba0 | 2009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 81 | int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel(); |
| 82 | int nullPos = attr->getNullPos(); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 83 | |
Mike Stump | 390b4cc | 2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 84 | // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common |
| 85 | // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code. |
Fariborz Jahanian | 88f1ba0 | 2009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 86 | unsigned int i = 0; |
Fariborz Jahanian | 236673e | 2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 87 | bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false; |
| 88 | int isMethod = 0; |
| 89 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { |
| 90 | // skip over named parameters. |
| 91 | ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end(); |
| 92 | for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) { |
| 93 | if (nullPos) |
| 94 | --nullPos; |
| 95 | else |
| 96 | ++i; |
| 97 | } |
| 98 | warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs); |
| 99 | isMethod = 1; |
Mike Stump | ac5fc7c | 2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 100 | } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { |
Fariborz Jahanian | 236673e | 2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 101 | // skip over named parameters. |
| 102 | ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end(); |
| 103 | for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) { |
| 104 | if (nullPos) |
| 105 | --nullPos; |
| 106 | else |
| 107 | ++i; |
| 108 | } |
| 109 | warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs); |
Mike Stump | ac5fc7c | 2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 110 | } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { |
Fariborz Jahanian | daf0415 | 2009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 111 | // block or function pointer call. |
| 112 | QualType Ty = V->getType(); |
| 113 | if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) { |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 114 | const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType() |
John McCall | 183700f | 2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 115 | ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>() |
| 116 | : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); |
Fariborz Jahanian | daf0415 | 2009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 117 | if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) { |
| 118 | unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs(); |
| 119 | unsigned k; |
| 120 | for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) { |
| 121 | if (nullPos) |
| 122 | --nullPos; |
| 123 | else |
| 124 | ++i; |
| 125 | } |
| 126 | warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs); |
| 127 | } |
| 128 | if (Ty->isBlockPointerType()) |
| 129 | isMethod = 2; |
Mike Stump | ac5fc7c | 2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 130 | } else |
Fariborz Jahanian | daf0415 | 2009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 131 | return; |
Mike Stump | ac5fc7c | 2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 132 | } else |
Fariborz Jahanian | 236673e | 2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 133 | return; |
| 134 | |
| 135 | if (warnNotEnoughArgs) { |
Fariborz Jahanian | 88f1ba0 | 2009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 136 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName(); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 236673e | 2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 137 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod; |
Fariborz Jahanian | 88f1ba0 | 2009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 138 | return; |
| 139 | } |
| 140 | int sentinel = i; |
| 141 | while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) { |
| 142 | --sentinelPos; |
| 143 | ++i; |
| 144 | } |
| 145 | if (sentinelPos > 0) { |
| 146 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName(); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 236673e | 2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 147 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod; |
Fariborz Jahanian | 88f1ba0 | 2009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 148 | return; |
| 149 | } |
| 150 | while (i < NumArgs-1) { |
| 151 | ++i; |
| 152 | ++sentinel; |
| 153 | } |
| 154 | Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel]; |
| 155 | if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() || |
Douglas Gregor | ce94049 | 2009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 156 | !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context, |
| 157 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))) { |
Fariborz Jahanian | daf0415 | 2009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 158 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod; |
Fariborz Jahanian | 236673e | 2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 159 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod; |
Fariborz Jahanian | 88f1ba0 | 2009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 160 | } |
| 161 | return; |
Fariborz Jahanian | 5b53005 | 2009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 162 | } |
| 163 | |
Douglas Gregor | 4b2d3f7 | 2009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 164 | SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const { |
| 165 | Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E; |
| 166 | return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange(); |
| 167 | } |
| 168 | |
Chris Lattner | e7a2e91 | 2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 169 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 170 | // Standard Promotions and Conversions |
| 171 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 172 | |
Chris Lattner | e7a2e91 | 2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 173 | /// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4). |
| 174 | void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) { |
| 175 | QualType Ty = E->getType(); |
| 176 | assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type"); |
| 177 | |
Chris Lattner | e7a2e91 | 2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 178 | if (Ty->isFunctionType()) |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 179 | ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty), |
Anders Carlsson | b633c4e | 2009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 180 | CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay); |
Chris Lattner | 67d33d8 | 2008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 181 | else if (Ty->isArrayType()) { |
| 182 | // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is |
| 183 | // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has |
| 184 | // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer |
| 185 | // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression |
| 186 | // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue" |
| 187 | // (C90) to "an expression" (C99). |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | c39a3d7 | 2008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 188 | // |
| 189 | // C++ 4.2p1: |
| 190 | // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of |
| 191 | // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T". |
| 192 | // |
| 193 | if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || |
| 194 | E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid) |
Anders Carlsson | 112a0a8 | 2009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 195 | ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty), |
| 196 | CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay); |
Chris Lattner | 67d33d8 | 2008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 197 | } |
Chris Lattner | e7a2e91 | 2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 198 | } |
| 199 | |
| 200 | /// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 201 | /// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are |
Chris Lattner | e7a2e91 | 2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 202 | /// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't |
| 203 | /// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators. |
| 204 | /// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called. |
| 205 | Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) { |
| 206 | QualType Ty = Expr->getType(); |
| 207 | assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type"); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 208 | |
Douglas Gregor | fc24e44 | 2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 209 | // C99 6.3.1.1p2: |
| 210 | // |
| 211 | // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or |
| 212 | // unsigned int may be used: |
| 213 | // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer |
| 214 | // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int |
| 215 | // and unsigned int. |
| 216 | // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int. |
| 217 | // |
| 218 | // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the |
| 219 | // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an |
| 220 | // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All |
| 221 | // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions. |
Eli Friedman | 04e8357 | 2009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 222 | QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr); |
| 223 | if (!PTy.isNull()) { |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 224 | ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast); |
Eli Friedman | 04e8357 | 2009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 225 | return Expr; |
| 226 | } |
Douglas Gregor | fc24e44 | 2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 227 | if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) { |
Eli Friedman | a95d757 | 2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 228 | QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty); |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 229 | ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast); |
Douglas Gregor | fc24e44 | 2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 230 | return Expr; |
Eli Friedman | 04e8357 | 2009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 231 | } |
| 232 | |
Douglas Gregor | fc24e44 | 2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 233 | DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr); |
Chris Lattner | e7a2e91 | 2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 234 | return Expr; |
| 235 | } |
| 236 | |
Chris Lattner | 05faf17 | 2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 237 | /// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 238 | /// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to |
Chris Lattner | 05faf17 | 2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 239 | /// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions(). |
| 240 | void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) { |
| 241 | QualType Ty = Expr->getType(); |
| 242 | assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type"); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 243 | |
Chris Lattner | 05faf17 | 2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 244 | // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double. |
John McCall | 183700f | 2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 245 | if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) |
Chris Lattner | 05faf17 | 2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 246 | if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float) |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 247 | return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy, |
| 248 | CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 249 | |
Chris Lattner | 05faf17 | 2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 250 | UsualUnaryConversions(Expr); |
| 251 | } |
| 252 | |
Chris Lattner | 312531a | 2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 253 | /// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but |
| 254 | /// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC |
| 255 | /// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is |
| 256 | /// completely illegal. |
| 257 | bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) { |
Anders Carlsson | dce5e2c | 2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 258 | DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 259 | |
Chris Lattner | 312531a | 2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 260 | if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) { |
| 261 | Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), |
| 262 | diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg) |
| 263 | << Expr->getType() << CT; |
| 264 | return true; |
Anders Carlsson | dce5e2c | 2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 265 | } |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 266 | |
Chris Lattner | 312531a | 2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 267 | if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType()) |
| 268 | Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg) |
| 269 | << Expr->getType() << CT; |
| 270 | |
| 271 | return false; |
Anders Carlsson | dce5e2c | 2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 272 | } |
| 273 | |
| 274 | |
Chris Lattner | e7a2e91 | 2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 275 | /// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to |
| 276 | /// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 277 | /// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is |
Chris Lattner | e7a2e91 | 2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 278 | /// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. |
| 279 | /// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with |
| 280 | /// GCC. |
| 281 | QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr, |
| 282 | bool isCompAssign) { |
Eli Friedman | ab3a852 | 2009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 283 | if (!isCompAssign) |
Chris Lattner | e7a2e91 | 2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 284 | UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr); |
Eli Friedman | ab3a852 | 2009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 285 | |
| 286 | UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr); |
Douglas Gregor | eb8f306 | 2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 287 | |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 288 | // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers. |
Chris Lattner | e7a2e91 | 2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 289 | // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent. |
Chris Lattner | b77792e | 2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 290 | QualType lhs = |
| 291 | Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType(); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 292 | QualType rhs = |
Chris Lattner | b77792e | 2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 293 | Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType(); |
Douglas Gregor | eb8f306 | 2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 294 | |
| 295 | // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed. |
| 296 | if (lhs == rhs) |
| 297 | return lhs; |
| 298 | |
| 299 | // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done. |
| 300 | // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int). |
| 301 | if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType()) |
| 302 | return lhs; |
| 303 | |
Douglas Gregor | 2d833e3 | 2009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 304 | // Perform bitfield promotions. |
Eli Friedman | 04e8357 | 2009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 305 | QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr); |
Douglas Gregor | 2d833e3 | 2009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 306 | if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull()) |
| 307 | lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy; |
Eli Friedman | 04e8357 | 2009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 308 | QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr); |
Douglas Gregor | 2d833e3 | 2009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 309 | if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull()) |
| 310 | rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy; |
| 311 | |
Eli Friedman | a95d757 | 2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 312 | QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs); |
Eli Friedman | ab3a852 | 2009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 313 | if (!isCompAssign) |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 314 | ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown); |
| 315 | ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown); |
Douglas Gregor | eb8f306 | 2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 316 | return destType; |
| 317 | } |
| 318 | |
Chris Lattner | e7a2e91 | 2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 319 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 320 | // Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types |
| 321 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 322 | |
| 323 | |
Steve Naroff | f69936d | 2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 324 | /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 325 | /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string |
| 326 | /// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from |
| 327 | /// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one |
| 328 | /// string. |
Sebastian Redl | cd965b9 | 2009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 329 | /// |
| 330 | Action::OwningExprResult |
Steve Naroff | f69936d | 2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 331 | Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) { |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 332 | assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!"); |
| 333 | |
Chris Lattner | bbee00b | 2009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 334 | StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 335 | if (Literal.hadError) |
Sebastian Redl | cd965b9 | 2009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 336 | return ExprError(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 337 | |
| 338 | llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs; |
| 339 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i) |
| 340 | StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation()); |
Chris Lattner | a7ad98f | 2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 341 | |
Chris Lattner | a7ad98f | 2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 342 | QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy; |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 55f4b02 | 2008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 343 | if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType(); |
Chris Lattner | a7ad98f | 2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 344 | if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy; |
Douglas Gregor | 77a5223 | 2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 345 | |
| 346 | // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1). |
| 347 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| 348 | StrTy.addConst(); |
Sebastian Redl | cd965b9 | 2009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 349 | |
Chris Lattner | a7ad98f | 2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 350 | // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes |
| 351 | // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal |
| 352 | // strings. |
| 353 | StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy, |
Chris Lattner | dbb1ecc | 2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 354 | llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1), |
Chris Lattner | a7ad98f | 2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 355 | ArrayType::Normal, 0); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 356 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 357 | // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory! |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 358 | return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(), |
Chris Lattner | 2085fd6 | 2009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 359 | Literal.GetStringLength(), |
| 360 | Literal.AnyWide, StrTy, |
| 361 | &StringTokLocs[0], |
| 362 | StringTokLocs.size())); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 363 | } |
| 364 | |
Chris Lattner | 639e2d3 | 2008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 365 | /// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of |
| 366 | /// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto |
| 367 | /// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g. |
| 368 | /// for values inside the block or for globals). |
| 369 | /// |
Chris Lattner | 17f3a6d | 2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 370 | /// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records |
| 371 | /// up-to-date. |
| 372 | /// |
Chris Lattner | 639e2d3 | 2008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 373 | static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock, |
| 374 | ValueDecl *VD) { |
| 375 | // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if |
| 376 | // we wanted to. |
| 377 | if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext()) |
| 378 | return false; |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 379 | |
Chris Lattner | 639e2d3 | 2008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 380 | // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot. |
| 381 | if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) |
| 382 | return false; |
| 383 | |
| 384 | // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to |
| 385 | // snapshot it. |
| 386 | // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++? |
| 387 | if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) |
Chris Lattner | 17f3a6d | 2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 388 | if (!Var->hasLocalStorage()) |
| 389 | return false; |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 390 | |
Chris Lattner | 17f3a6d | 2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 391 | // Blocks that have these can't be constant. |
| 392 | CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true; |
| 393 | |
| 394 | // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in |
| 395 | // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may |
| 396 | // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do |
| 397 | // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain. |
| 398 | for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock; |
| 399 | NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) { |
| 400 | // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as |
| 401 | // having a reference outside it. |
| 402 | if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext()) |
| 403 | break; |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 404 | |
Chris Lattner | 17f3a6d | 2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 405 | // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need |
| 406 | // a snapshot as well. |
| 407 | NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true; |
| 408 | } |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 409 | |
Chris Lattner | 639e2d3 | 2008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 410 | return true; |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 411 | } |
| 412 | |
Chris Lattner | 639e2d3 | 2008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 413 | |
| 414 | |
Douglas Gregor | a2813ce | 2009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 415 | /// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build a DeclRefExpr. |
Anders Carlsson | e41590d | 2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 416 | Sema::OwningExprResult |
Sebastian Redl | ebc07d5 | 2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 417 | Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 418 | bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent, |
| 419 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS) { |
John McCall | ba13543 | 2009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 420 | assert(!isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)); |
| 421 | |
Anders Carlsson | e2bb224 | 2009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 422 | if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) { |
| 423 | Diag(Loc, |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 424 | diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer) |
Anders Carlsson | e2bb224 | 2009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 425 | << D->getDeclName(); |
| 426 | return ExprError(); |
| 427 | } |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 428 | |
Anders Carlsson | e41590d | 2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 429 | if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { |
| 430 | if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) { |
| 431 | if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) { |
| 432 | if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) { |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 433 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function) |
Anders Carlsson | e41590d | 2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 434 | << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName(); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 435 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here) |
Anders Carlsson | e41590d | 2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 436 | << D->getIdentifier(); |
| 437 | return ExprError(); |
| 438 | } |
| 439 | } |
| 440 | } |
| 441 | } |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 442 | |
Douglas Gregor | e0762c9 | 2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 443 | MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 444 | |
Douglas Gregor | a2813ce | 2009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 445 | return Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context, |
| 446 | SS? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0, |
| 447 | SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(), |
| 448 | D, Loc, |
| 449 | Ty, TypeDependent, ValueDependent)); |
Douglas Gregor | 1a49af9 | 2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 450 | } |
| 451 | |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 452 | /// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or |
| 453 | /// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type |
| 454 | /// is Record. |
Douglas Gregor | 6ab3524 | 2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 455 | static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context, |
| 456 | RecordDecl *Record) { |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 457 | assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 458 | "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!"); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 459 | |
Mike Stump | 390b4cc | 2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 460 | // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1) |
| 461 | // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which |
| 462 | // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better. |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 463 | DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext(); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 464 | for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(), |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 17945a0 | 2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 465 | DEnd = Ctx->decls_end(); |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 466 | D != DEnd; ++D) { |
| 467 | if (*D == Record) { |
| 468 | // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly |
| 469 | // follows its type in the list of declarations. |
| 470 | ++D; |
| 471 | assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record"); |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 472 | assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed"); |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 473 | return *D; |
| 474 | } |
| 475 | } |
| 476 | |
| 477 | assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record"); |
| 478 | return 0; |
| 479 | } |
| 480 | |
Douglas Gregor | ffb4b6e | 2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 481 | /// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous |
| 482 | /// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the |
| 483 | /// actual member. |
| 484 | /// |
| 485 | /// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to |
| 486 | /// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The |
| 487 | /// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it |
| 488 | /// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field |
| 489 | /// we found. |
| 490 | /// |
| 491 | /// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin, |
| 492 | /// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another |
| 493 | /// class. Otherwise, returns NULL. |
| 494 | VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field, |
| 495 | llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) { |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 496 | assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() && |
| 497 | cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() |
| 498 | && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union"); |
| 499 | |
Douglas Gregor | ffb4b6e | 2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 500 | Path.push_back(Field); |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 501 | VarDecl *BaseObject = 0; |
| 502 | DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext(); |
| 503 | do { |
| 504 | RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx); |
Douglas Gregor | 6ab3524 | 2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 505 | Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record); |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 506 | if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject)) |
Douglas Gregor | ffb4b6e | 2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 507 | Path.push_back(AnonField); |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 508 | else { |
| 509 | BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject); |
| 510 | break; |
| 511 | } |
| 512 | Ctx = Ctx->getParent(); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 513 | } while (Ctx->isRecord() && |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 514 | cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()); |
Douglas Gregor | ffb4b6e | 2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 515 | |
| 516 | return BaseObject; |
| 517 | } |
| 518 | |
| 519 | Sema::OwningExprResult |
| 520 | Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 521 | FieldDecl *Field, |
| 522 | Expr *BaseObjectExpr, |
| 523 | SourceLocation OpLoc) { |
| 524 | llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields; |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 525 | VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field, |
Douglas Gregor | ffb4b6e | 2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 526 | AnonFields); |
| 527 | |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 528 | // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from |
| 529 | // which we will build a sequence of member references to each |
| 530 | // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we |
| 531 | // found via name lookup. |
| 532 | bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false; |
John McCall | 0953e76 | 2009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 533 | Qualifiers BaseQuals; |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 534 | if (BaseObject) { |
| 535 | // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is, |
| 536 | // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record). |
Ted Kremenek | 8189cde | 2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 537 | if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context); |
Douglas Gregor | e0762c9 | 2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 538 | MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject); |
Steve Naroff | 6ece14c | 2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 539 | BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(), |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 540 | SourceLocation()); |
John McCall | 0953e76 | 2009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 541 | BaseQuals |
| 542 | = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers(); |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 543 | } else if (BaseObjectExpr) { |
| 544 | // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine |
| 545 | // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the |
| 546 | // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into. |
| 547 | QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType(); |
Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 548 | if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 549 | BaseObjectIsPointer = true; |
| 550 | ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType(); |
| 551 | } |
John McCall | 0953e76 | 2009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 552 | BaseQuals |
| 553 | = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers(); |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 554 | } else { |
| 555 | // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is |
| 556 | // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed |
| 557 | // program our base object expression is "this". |
| 558 | if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) { |
| 559 | if (!MD->isStatic()) { |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 560 | QualType AnonFieldType |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 561 | = Context.getTagDeclType( |
| 562 | cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext())); |
| 563 | QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent()); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 564 | if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType) |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 565 | == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) || |
| 566 | IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) { |
| 567 | // Our base object expression is "this". |
Steve Naroff | 6ece14c | 2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 568 | BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(), |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 569 | MD->getThisType(Context)); |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 570 | BaseObjectIsPointer = true; |
| 571 | } |
| 572 | } else { |
Sebastian Redl | cd965b9 | 2009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 573 | return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method) |
| 574 | << Field->getDeclName()); |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 575 | } |
John McCall | 0953e76 | 2009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 576 | BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers()); |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 577 | } |
| 578 | |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 579 | if (!BaseObjectExpr) |
Sebastian Redl | cd965b9 | 2009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 580 | return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use) |
| 581 | << Field->getDeclName()); |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 582 | } |
| 583 | |
| 584 | // Build the implicit member references to the field of the |
| 585 | // anonymous struct/union. |
| 586 | Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr; |
John McCall | 0953e76 | 2009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 587 | Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals; |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 588 | for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator |
| 589 | FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend(); |
| 590 | FI != FIEnd; ++FI) { |
| 591 | QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType(); |
John McCall | 0953e76 | 2009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 592 | Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals = |
| 593 | Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers(); |
| 594 | |
| 595 | // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members, |
| 596 | // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'. |
| 597 | if ((*FI)->isMutable()) |
| 598 | ResultQuals.removeConst(); |
| 599 | |
| 600 | // GC attributes are never picked up by members. |
| 601 | ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
| 602 | |
| 603 | // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. |
| 604 | assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace()); |
| 605 | |
| 606 | Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals; |
| 607 | if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals) |
| 608 | MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals); |
| 609 | |
Douglas Gregor | e0762c9 | 2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 610 | MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI); |
Douglas Gregor | bd4c4ae | 2009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 611 | // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name? |
Steve Naroff | 6ece14c | 2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 612 | Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI, |
| 613 | OpLoc, MemberType); |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 614 | BaseObjectIsPointer = false; |
John McCall | 0953e76 | 2009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 615 | ResultQuals = NewQuals; |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 616 | } |
| 617 | |
Sebastian Redl | cd965b9 | 2009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 618 | return Owned(Result); |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 619 | } |
| 620 | |
Douglas Gregor | 02a24ee | 2009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 621 | Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, |
| 622 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 623 | UnqualifiedId &Name, |
| 624 | bool HasTrailingLParen, |
| 625 | bool IsAddressOfOperand) { |
John McCall | b681b61 | 2009-11-22 02:49:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 626 | assert(!(IsAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) && |
| 627 | "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen"); |
| 628 | |
Douglas Gregor | 02a24ee | 2009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 629 | if (Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { |
| 630 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this, |
| 631 | Name.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), |
Douglas Gregor | 02a24ee | 2009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 632 | Name.TemplateId->NumArgs); |
| 633 | return ActOnTemplateIdExpr(SS, |
| 634 | TemplateTy::make(Name.TemplateId->Template), |
| 635 | Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc, |
| 636 | Name.TemplateId->LAngleLoc, |
| 637 | TemplateArgsPtr, |
Douglas Gregor | 02a24ee | 2009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 638 | Name.TemplateId->RAngleLoc); |
| 639 | } |
| 640 | |
| 641 | // FIXME: We lose a bunch of source information by doing this. Later, |
| 642 | // we'll want to merge ActOnDeclarationNameExpr's logic into |
| 643 | // ActOnIdExpression. |
| 644 | return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, |
| 645 | Name.StartLocation, |
| 646 | GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name), |
| 647 | HasTrailingLParen, |
| 648 | &SS, |
| 649 | IsAddressOfOperand); |
| 650 | } |
| 651 | |
Douglas Gregor | 10c4262 | 2008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 652 | /// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name |
| 653 | /// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine |
| 654 | /// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers |
| 655 | /// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser, |
| 656 | /// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather, |
Douglas Gregor | 02a24ee | 2009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 657 | /// this routine is called by ActOnIdExpression, which contains a |
| 658 | /// parsed UnqualifiedId. |
Douglas Gregor | 10c4262 | 2008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 659 | /// |
| 660 | /// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a |
| 661 | /// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++ |
| 662 | /// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that |
| 663 | /// the identifier must be a member of. |
Douglas Gregor | 5c37de7 | 2008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 664 | /// |
Sebastian Redl | ebc07d5 | 2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 665 | /// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand |
| 666 | /// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only |
| 667 | /// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may |
| 668 | /// appear outside a member function of this class. |
Sebastian Redl | cd965b9 | 2009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 669 | Sema::OwningExprResult |
| 670 | Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 671 | DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen, |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 672 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
Sebastian Redl | ebc07d5 | 2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 673 | bool isAddressOfOperand) { |
Chris Lattner | 8a93423 | 2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 674 | // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc. |
Douglas Gregor | 4c921ae | 2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 675 | if (SS && SS->isInvalid()) |
| 676 | return ExprError(); |
Douglas Gregor | 5953d8b | 2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 677 | |
| 678 | // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3: |
| 679 | // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains: |
| 680 | // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that |
| 681 | // names a dependent type. |
Douglas Gregor | 00c4486 | 2009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 682 | // FIXME: Member of the current instantiation. |
Douglas Gregor | 5953d8b | 2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 683 | if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { |
John McCall | 865d447 | 2009-11-19 22:55:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 684 | return Owned(new (Context) DependentScopeDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy, |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 685 | Loc, SS->getRange(), |
Anders Carlsson | 9b31df4 | 2009-07-09 00:05:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 686 | static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()), |
| 687 | isAddressOfOperand)); |
Douglas Gregor | 5953d8b | 2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 688 | } |
| 689 | |
John McCall | a24dc2e | 2009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 690 | LookupResult Lookup(*this, Name, Loc, LookupOrdinaryName); |
| 691 | LookupParsedName(Lookup, S, SS, true); |
Douglas Gregor | 7176fff | 2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 692 | |
John McCall | a24dc2e | 2009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 693 | if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) |
Sebastian Redl | cd965b9 | 2009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 694 | return ExprError(); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 695 | |
Chris Lattner | 8a93423 | 2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 696 | // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as |
| 697 | // well. |
Douglas Gregor | 10c4262 | 2008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 698 | IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); |
| 699 | if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) { |
Chris Lattner | 8a93423 | 2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 700 | // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed, |
| 701 | // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 702 | // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e. |
| 703 | // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with |
Fariborz Jahanian | 077c1e7 | 2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 704 | // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl. |
John McCall | ba13543 | 2009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 705 | |
| 706 | // FIXME: we should change lookup to do this. |
| 707 | |
| 708 | // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for |
| 709 | // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an |
| 710 | // ivar, that's an error. |
| 711 | bool IsClassMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod(); |
| 712 | |
| 713 | bool LookForIvars; |
| 714 | if (Lookup.empty()) |
| 715 | LookForIvars = true; |
| 716 | else if (IsClassMethod) |
| 717 | LookForIvars = false; |
| 718 | else |
| 719 | LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() && |
| 720 | Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()); |
| 721 | |
| 722 | if (LookForIvars) { |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 53d0ea5 | 2008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 723 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface(); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 935fd76 | 2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 724 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared; |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 17945a0 | 2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 725 | if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) { |
John McCall | ba13543 | 2009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 726 | // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method. |
| 727 | if (IsClassMethod) |
| 728 | return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method) |
| 729 | << IV->getDeclName()); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 730 | |
Chris Lattner | 5cb10d3 | 2009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 731 | // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent |
| 732 | // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl. |
| 733 | if (IV->isInvalidDecl()) |
| 734 | return ExprError(); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 735 | |
John McCall | ba13543 | 2009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 736 | // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)). |
| 737 | if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc)) |
| 738 | return ExprError(); |
| 739 | |
| 740 | // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class. |
| 741 | if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private && |
| 742 | ClassDeclared != IFace) |
| 743 | Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName(); |
| 744 | |
| 745 | // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't |
| 746 | // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something. |
| 747 | IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self"); |
| 748 | UnqualifiedId SelfName; |
| 749 | SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation()); |
| 750 | CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec; |
| 751 | OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec, |
| 752 | SelfName, false, false); |
| 753 | MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV); |
| 754 | return Owned(new (Context) |
| 755 | ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc, |
| 756 | SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true)); |
Chris Lattner | 8a93423 | 2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 757 | } |
Mike Stump | ac5fc7c | 2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 758 | } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) { |
Fariborz Jahanian | 077c1e7 | 2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 759 | // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar. |
| 760 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface(); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 935fd76 | 2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 761 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared; |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 17945a0 | 2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 762 | if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) { |
Fariborz Jahanian | 935fd76 | 2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 763 | if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private || |
| 764 | IFace == ClassDeclared) |
Chris Lattner | 5cb10d3 | 2009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 765 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName(); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 935fd76 | 2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 766 | } |
Fariborz Jahanian | 077c1e7 | 2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 767 | } |
Steve Naroff | 76de9d7 | 2008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 768 | // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation. |
John McCall | ba13543 | 2009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 769 | if (Lookup.empty() && II->isStr("super")) { |
Steve Naroff | dd53eb5 | 2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 770 | QualType T; |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 771 | |
Steve Naroff | dd53eb5 | 2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 772 | if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) |
Steve Naroff | 14108da | 2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 773 | T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType( |
| 774 | getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface())); |
Steve Naroff | dd53eb5 | 2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 775 | else |
| 776 | T = Context.getObjCClassType(); |
Steve Naroff | 6ece14c | 2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 777 | return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T)); |
Steve Naroff | e3e9add | 2008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 778 | } |
Chris Lattner | 8a93423 | 2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 779 | } |
Douglas Gregor | c71e28c | 2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 780 | |
Douglas Gregor | 48f3bb9 | 2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 781 | // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for |
| 782 | // argument-dependent lookup. |
John McCall | 5b3f913 | 2009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 783 | bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Lookup, HasTrailingLParen); |
Douglas Gregor | 48f3bb9 | 2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 784 | |
John McCall | ba13543 | 2009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 785 | if (Lookup.empty() && !ADL) { |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 786 | // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal |
| 787 | // in C90, extension in C99). |
Douglas Gregor | 10c4262 | 2008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 788 | if (HasTrailingLParen && II && |
John McCall | ba13543 | 2009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 789 | !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { // Not in C++. |
| 790 | NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S); |
| 791 | if (D) Lookup.addDecl(D); |
| 792 | } else { |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 793 | // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call, |
| 794 | // diagnose the problem. |
Douglas Gregor | 3f09327 | 2009-10-13 21:16:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 795 | if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) |
| 796 | return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_no_member) |
| 797 | << Name << computeDeclContext(*SS, false) |
| 798 | << SS->getRange()); |
| 799 | else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName || |
Douglas Gregor | 10c4262 | 2008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 800 | Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) |
Sebastian Redl | cd965b9 | 2009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 801 | return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use) |
| 802 | << Name.getAsString()); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 803 | else |
Sebastian Redl | cd965b9 | 2009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 804 | return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 805 | } |
| 806 | } |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 807 | |
John McCall | ba13543 | 2009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 808 | if (VarDecl *Var = Lookup.getAsSingle<VarDecl>()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 751f9a4 | 2009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 809 | // Warn about constructs like: |
| 810 | // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }. |
| 811 | // In the else block, the pointer is always false. |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 812 | |
Douglas Gregor | 751f9a4 | 2009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 813 | // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope |
| 814 | // information to check this property. |
| 815 | if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) { |
| 816 | Scope *CheckS = S; |
Douglas Gregor | 9c4b838 | 2009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 817 | while (CheckS && CheckS->getControlParent()) { |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 818 | if (CheckS->isWithinElse() && |
Douglas Gregor | 751f9a4 | 2009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 819 | CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) { |
Douglas Gregor | 9c4b838 | 2009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 820 | ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero) |
| 821 | << Var->getDeclName() |
| 822 | << (Var->getType()->isPointerType()? 2 : |
| 823 | Var->getType()->isBooleanType()? 1 : 0)); |
Douglas Gregor | 751f9a4 | 2009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 824 | break; |
| 825 | } |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 826 | |
Douglas Gregor | 9c4b838 | 2009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 827 | // Move to the parent of this scope. |
| 828 | CheckS = CheckS->getParent(); |
Douglas Gregor | 751f9a4 | 2009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 829 | } |
| 830 | } |
John McCall | ba13543 | 2009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 831 | } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = Lookup.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 751f9a4 | 2009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 832 | if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) { |
| 833 | // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a |
| 834 | // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only |
| 835 | // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing |
| 836 | // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function |
| 837 | // type. |
| 838 | if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, Loc)) |
| 839 | return ExprError(); |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 840 | |
Douglas Gregor | 751f9a4 | 2009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 841 | QualType T = Func->getType(); |
| 842 | QualType NoProtoType = T; |
John McCall | 183700f | 2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 843 | if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) |
Douglas Gregor | 751f9a4 | 2009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 844 | NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType()); |
| 845 | return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS); |
| 846 | } |
| 847 | } |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 848 | |
John McCall | 5b3f913 | 2009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 849 | // &SomeClass::foo is an abstract member reference, regardless of |
| 850 | // the nature of foo, but &SomeClass::foo(...) is not. If this is |
| 851 | // *not* an abstract member reference, and any of the results is a |
| 852 | // class member (which necessarily means they're all class members), |
| 853 | // then we make an implicit member reference instead. |
| 854 | // |
| 855 | // This check considers all the same information as the "needs ADL" |
| 856 | // check, but there's no simple logical relationship other than the |
| 857 | // fact that they can never be simultaneously true. We could |
| 858 | // calculate them both in one pass if that proves important for |
| 859 | // performance. |
| 860 | if (!ADL) { |
| 861 | bool isAbstractMemberPointer = |
John McCall | b681b61 | 2009-11-22 02:49:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 862 | (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty()); |
John McCall | 5b3f913 | 2009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 863 | |
| 864 | if (!isAbstractMemberPointer && !Lookup.empty() && |
| 865 | isa<CXXRecordDecl>((*Lookup.begin())->getDeclContext())) { |
| 866 | return BuildImplicitMemberReferenceExpr(SS, Lookup); |
| 867 | } |
| 868 | } |
| 869 | |
| 870 | assert(Lookup.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue && |
| 871 | "found UnresolvedUsingValueDecl in non-class scope"); |
| 872 | |
| 873 | return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Lookup, ADL); |
Douglas Gregor | 751f9a4 | 2009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 874 | } |
John McCall | ba13543 | 2009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 875 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | 98a541e | 2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 876 | /// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary. |
Fariborz Jahanian | f3e53d3 | 2009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 877 | bool |
Fariborz Jahanian | 98a541e | 2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 878 | Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) { |
| 879 | if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member)) |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 880 | if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = |
Fariborz Jahanian | 98a541e | 2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 881 | dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) { |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 882 | QualType DestType = |
Fariborz Jahanian | 98a541e | 2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 883 | Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD)); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 96e2fa9 | 2009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 884 | if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType()) |
| 885 | return false; |
| 886 | QualType FromRecordType = From->getType(); |
| 887 | QualType DestRecordType = DestType; |
Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 888 | if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
Fariborz Jahanian | 96e2fa9 | 2009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 889 | DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType); |
| 890 | FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType(); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 98a541e | 2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 891 | } |
Fariborz Jahanian | 96e2fa9 | 2009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 892 | if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) && |
| 893 | CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, |
| 894 | DestRecordType, |
| 895 | From->getSourceRange().getBegin(), |
| 896 | From->getSourceRange())) |
| 897 | return true; |
Anders Carlsson | 3503d04 | 2009-07-31 01:23:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 898 | ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase, |
| 899 | /*isLvalue=*/true); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 98a541e | 2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 900 | } |
Fariborz Jahanian | f3e53d3 | 2009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 901 | return false; |
Fariborz Jahanian | 98a541e | 2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 902 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 751f9a4 | 2009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 903 | |
Douglas Gregor | 83f6faf | 2009-08-31 23:41:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 904 | /// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node. |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 905 | static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow, |
| 906 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS, NamedDecl *Member, |
Douglas Gregor | bd4c4ae | 2009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 907 | SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty) { |
| 908 | if (SS && SS->isSet()) |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 909 | return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow, |
Douglas Gregor | 83f6faf | 2009-08-31 23:41:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 910 | (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep(), |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 911 | SS->getRange(), Member, Loc, |
Douglas Gregor | c4bf26f | 2009-09-01 00:37:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 912 | // FIXME: Explicit template argument lists |
John McCall | d5532b6 | 2009-11-23 01:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 913 | 0, Ty); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 914 | |
Douglas Gregor | bd4c4ae | 2009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 915 | return new (C) MemberExpr(Base, isArrow, Member, Loc, Ty); |
| 916 | } |
| 917 | |
John McCall | ba13543 | 2009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 918 | /// Builds an implicit member access expression from the given |
| 919 | /// unqualified lookup set, which is known to contain only class |
| 920 | /// members. |
John McCall | 5b3f913 | 2009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 921 | Sema::OwningExprResult |
| 922 | Sema::BuildImplicitMemberReferenceExpr(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
| 923 | LookupResult &R) { |
| 924 | NamedDecl *D = R.getAsSingleDecl(Context); |
John McCall | ba13543 | 2009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 925 | SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc(); |
Sebastian Redl | ebc07d5 | 2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 926 | |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 927 | // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct |
| 928 | // (C++ [class.union]). |
Douglas Gregor | e961afb | 2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 929 | // FIXME: This needs to happen post-isImplicitMemberReference? |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 930 | if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) |
| 931 | if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) |
John McCall | 5b3f913 | 2009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 932 | return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD); |
Sebastian Redl | cd965b9 | 2009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 933 | |
John McCall | ba13543 | 2009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 934 | QualType ThisType; |
| 935 | QualType MemberType; |
John McCall | 5b3f913 | 2009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 936 | if (isImplicitMemberReference(SS, D, Loc, ThisType, MemberType)) { |
| 937 | Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisType); |
| 938 | MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D); |
| 939 | if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(This, D)) |
| 940 | return ExprError(); |
Douglas Gregor | 88a3514 | 2008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 941 | |
Douglas Gregor | e961afb | 2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 942 | bool ShouldCheckUse = true; |
| 943 | if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { |
| 944 | // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's |
| 945 | // explicitly qualified. |
| 946 | if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet())) |
| 947 | ShouldCheckUse = false; |
Douglas Gregor | 88a3514 | 2008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 948 | } |
Douglas Gregor | e961afb | 2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 949 | |
John McCall | 5b3f913 | 2009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 950 | if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(D, Loc)) |
| 951 | return ExprError(); |
| 952 | return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, This, true, SS, D, Loc, MemberType)); |
Douglas Gregor | 88a3514 | 2008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 953 | } |
| 954 | |
John McCall | ba13543 | 2009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 955 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { |
John McCall | 5b3f913 | 2009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 956 | if (!Method->isStatic()) |
| 957 | return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)); |
John McCall | ba13543 | 2009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 958 | } |
| 959 | |
| 960 | if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) { |
John McCall | 5b3f913 | 2009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 961 | if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) { |
John McCall | ba13543 | 2009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 962 | if (MD->isStatic()) { |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 963 | // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function" |
John McCall | 5b3f913 | 2009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 964 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method) |
John McCall | ba13543 | 2009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 965 | << D->getDeclName(); |
John McCall | 5b3f913 | 2009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 966 | return ExprError(); |
John McCall | ba13543 | 2009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 967 | } |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 968 | } |
| 969 | |
Douglas Gregor | 88a3514 | 2008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 970 | // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed |
| 971 | // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions |
| 972 | // above. |
John McCall | 5b3f913 | 2009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 973 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use) |
John McCall | ba13543 | 2009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 974 | << D->getDeclName(); |
John McCall | 5b3f913 | 2009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 975 | return ExprError(); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 976 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 88a3514 | 2008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 977 | |
John McCall | 5b3f913 | 2009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 978 | // We're not in an implicit member-reference context, but the lookup |
| 979 | // results might not require an instance. Try to build a non-member |
| 980 | // decl reference. |
| 981 | return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /*ADL*/ false); |
John McCall | ba13543 | 2009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 982 | } |
| 983 | |
John McCall | 5b3f913 | 2009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 984 | bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
| 985 | const LookupResult &R, |
| 986 | bool HasTrailingLParen) { |
John McCall | ba13543 | 2009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 987 | // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call. |
| 988 | if (!HasTrailingLParen) |
| 989 | return false; |
| 990 | |
| 991 | // Never if a scope specifier was provided. |
| 992 | if (SS && SS->isSet()) |
| 993 | return false; |
| 994 | |
| 995 | // Only in C++ or ObjC++. |
John McCall | 5b3f913 | 2009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 996 | if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
John McCall | ba13543 | 2009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 997 | return false; |
| 998 | |
| 999 | // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during |
| 1000 | // normal lookup: |
| 1001 | for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) { |
| 1002 | NamedDecl *D = *I; |
| 1003 | |
| 1004 | // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3: |
| 1005 | // -- a declaration of a class member |
| 1006 | // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the |
| 1007 | // original decl. |
| 1008 | if (D->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) |
| 1009 | return false; |
| 1010 | |
| 1011 | // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3: |
| 1012 | // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a |
| 1013 | // using-declaration |
| 1014 | // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we |
| 1015 | // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types |
| 1016 | // turn off ADL anyway). |
| 1017 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) |
| 1018 | D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); |
| 1019 | else if (D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) |
| 1020 | return false; |
| 1021 | |
| 1022 | // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3: |
| 1023 | // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function |
| 1024 | // template |
| 1025 | // And also for builtin functions. |
| 1026 | if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) { |
| 1027 | FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); |
| 1028 | |
| 1029 | // But also builtin functions. |
| 1030 | if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit()) |
| 1031 | return false; |
| 1032 | } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) |
| 1033 | return false; |
| 1034 | } |
| 1035 | |
| 1036 | return true; |
| 1037 | } |
| 1038 | |
| 1039 | |
John McCall | ba13543 | 2009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1040 | /// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration |
| 1041 | /// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that |
| 1042 | /// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration |
| 1043 | /// will in fact be used. |
| 1044 | static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) { |
| 1045 | if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D)) { |
| 1046 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName(); |
| 1047 | return true; |
| 1048 | } |
| 1049 | |
| 1050 | if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) { |
| 1051 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName(); |
| 1052 | return true; |
| 1053 | } |
| 1054 | |
| 1055 | if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) { |
| 1056 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName(); |
| 1057 | return true; |
| 1058 | } |
| 1059 | |
| 1060 | return false; |
| 1061 | } |
| 1062 | |
| 1063 | Sema::OwningExprResult |
| 1064 | Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
John McCall | 5b3f913 | 2009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1065 | LookupResult &R, |
| 1066 | bool NeedsADL) { |
| 1067 | assert(R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue); |
| 1068 | |
| 1069 | if (!NeedsADL && !R.isOverloadedResult()) |
| 1070 | return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()); |
John McCall | ba13543 | 2009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1071 | |
| 1072 | // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one |
| 1073 | // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be |
| 1074 | // functions and function templates. |
John McCall | 5b3f913 | 2009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1075 | if (R.isSingleResult() && |
| 1076 | CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl())) |
John McCall | ba13543 | 2009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1077 | return ExprError(); |
| 1078 | |
| 1079 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE |
| 1080 | = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, |
| 1081 | SS ? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0, |
John McCall | 7453ed4 | 2009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1082 | SS ? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(), |
John McCall | 5b3f913 | 2009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1083 | R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(), |
| 1084 | NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult()); |
| 1085 | for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) |
| 1086 | ULE->addDecl(*I); |
John McCall | ba13543 | 2009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1087 | |
| 1088 | return Owned(ULE); |
| 1089 | } |
| 1090 | |
| 1091 | |
| 1092 | /// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration. |
| 1093 | Sema::OwningExprResult |
| 1094 | Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
| 1095 | SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) { |
| 1096 | assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration"); |
John McCall | 7453ed4 | 2009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1097 | assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) && |
| 1098 | "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template"); |
John McCall | ba13543 | 2009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1099 | DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName(); |
| 1100 | |
| 1101 | if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D)) |
| 1102 | return ExprError(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1103 | |
Steve Naroff | dd972f2 | 2008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1104 | ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); |
Sebastian Redl | cd965b9 | 2009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1105 | |
Douglas Gregor | 48f3bb9 | 2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1106 | // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress |
| 1107 | // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup |
| 1108 | // on this function name, because this might not be the function |
| 1109 | // that overload resolution actually selects. |
John McCall | ba13543 | 2009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1110 | if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc)) |
Douglas Gregor | 48f3bb9 | 2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1111 | return ExprError(); |
| 1112 | |
Steve Naroff | dd972f2 | 2008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1113 | // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's. |
| 1114 | if (VD->isInvalidDecl()) |
Sebastian Redl | cd965b9 | 2009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1115 | return ExprError(); |
| 1116 | |
Chris Lattner | 639e2d3 | 2008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1117 | // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value |
| 1118 | // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a |
| 1119 | // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when |
| 1120 | // the block is formed. |
Steve Naroff | dd972f2 | 2008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1121 | // |
Chris Lattner | 639e2d3 | 2008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1122 | // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc, |
| 1123 | // as they do not get snapshotted. |
| 1124 | // |
| 1125 | if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) { |
Douglas Gregor | e0762c9 | 2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1126 | MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD); |
Eli Friedman | 5fdeae1 | 2009-03-22 23:00:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1127 | QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(); |
Steve Naroff | 090276f | 2008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1128 | // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference. |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 40b598e | 2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1129 | if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>()) |
Eli Friedman | 5fdeae1 | 2009-03-22 23:00:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1130 | return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true)); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 7d5c74e | 2009-06-19 23:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1131 | // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added. |
| 1132 | bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified(); |
Steve Naroff | 090276f | 2008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1133 | // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure. |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1134 | |
Eli Friedman | 5fdeae1 | 2009-03-22 23:00:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1135 | ExprTy.addConst(); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1136 | return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false, |
Fariborz Jahanian | 7d5c74e | 2009-06-19 23:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1137 | constAdded)); |
Steve Naroff | 090276f | 2008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1138 | } |
| 1139 | // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is |
| 1140 | // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr. |
Douglas Gregor | 898574e | 2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1141 | |
Douglas Gregor | 898574e | 2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1142 | bool TypeDependent = false; |
Douglas Gregor | 83f96f6 | 2008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1143 | bool ValueDependent = false; |
| 1144 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| 1145 | // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3: |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1146 | // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains: |
Douglas Gregor | 83f96f6 | 2008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1147 | // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type, |
| 1148 | if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) |
| 1149 | TypeDependent = true; |
| 1150 | // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent, |
| 1151 | // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type, |
| 1152 | else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName && |
| 1153 | Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType()) |
| 1154 | TypeDependent = true; |
| 1155 | // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that |
| 1156 | // names a dependent type. |
John McCall | ba13543 | 2009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1157 | else { |
| 1158 | for (DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); DC; DC = DC->getParent()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 83f96f6 | 2008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1159 | // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope. |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1160 | if (DC->isRecord()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 83f96f6 | 2008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1161 | CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); |
| 1162 | if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) { |
| 1163 | TypeDependent = true; |
| 1164 | break; |
| 1165 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 898574e | 2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1166 | } |
| 1167 | } |
| 1168 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 898574e | 2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1169 | |
Douglas Gregor | 83f96f6 | 2008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1170 | // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2: |
| 1171 | // |
| 1172 | // An identifier is value-dependent if it is: |
| 1173 | // - a name declared with a dependent type, |
| 1174 | if (TypeDependent) |
| 1175 | ValueDependent = true; |
| 1176 | // - the name of a non-type template parameter, |
| 1177 | else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD)) |
| 1178 | ValueDependent = true; |
| 1179 | // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is |
| 1180 | // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent |
Eli Friedman | c149412 | 2009-06-11 01:11:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1181 | else if (const VarDecl *Dcl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) { |
Mike Stump | fbf6870 | 2009-11-03 22:20:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1182 | if (Context.getCanonicalType(Dcl->getType()).getCVRQualifiers() |
| 1183 | == Qualifiers::Const && |
Eli Friedman | c149412 | 2009-06-11 01:11:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1184 | Dcl->getInit()) { |
| 1185 | ValueDependent = Dcl->getInit()->isValueDependent(); |
| 1186 | } |
| 1187 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 83f96f6 | 2008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1188 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 898574e | 2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1189 | |
Anders Carlsson | e41590d | 2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1190 | return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, |
| 1191 | TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1192 | } |
| 1193 | |
Sebastian Redl | cd965b9 | 2009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1194 | Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 1195 | tok::TokenKind Kind) { |
Chris Lattner | d9f6910 | 2008-08-10 01:53:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1196 | PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT; |
Sebastian Redl | cd965b9 | 2009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1197 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1198 | switch (Kind) { |
Chris Lattner | 1423ea4 | 2008-01-12 18:39:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1199 | default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!"); |
Chris Lattner | d9f6910 | 2008-08-10 01:53:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1200 | case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2] |
| 1201 | case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break; |
| 1202 | case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1203 | } |
Chris Lattner | 1423ea4 | 2008-01-12 18:39:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1204 | |
Chris Lattner | fa28b30 | 2008-01-12 08:14:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1205 | // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the |
| 1206 | // string. |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1207 | |
Anders Carlsson | 3a082d8 | 2009-09-08 18:24:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1208 | Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); |
| 1209 | if (!currentDecl) { |
Chris Lattner | b0da923 | 2008-12-12 05:05:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1210 | Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function); |
Anders Carlsson | 3a082d8 | 2009-09-08 18:24:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1211 | currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); |
Chris Lattner | b0da923 | 2008-12-12 05:05:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1212 | } |
Sebastian Redl | cd965b9 | 2009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1213 | |
Anders Carlsson | 773f397 | 2009-09-11 01:22:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1214 | QualType ResTy; |
| 1215 | if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) { |
| 1216 | ResTy = Context.DependentTy; |
| 1217 | } else { |
| 1218 | unsigned Length = |
| 1219 | PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(Context, IT, currentDecl).length(); |
Sebastian Redl | cd965b9 | 2009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1220 | |
Anders Carlsson | 773f397 | 2009-09-11 01:22:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1221 | llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1); |
John McCall | 0953e76 | 2009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1222 | ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst(); |
Anders Carlsson | 773f397 | 2009-09-11 01:22:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1223 | ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0); |
| 1224 | } |
Steve Naroff | 6ece14c | 2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1225 | return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT)); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1226 | } |
| 1227 | |
Sebastian Redl | cd965b9 | 2009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1228 | Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) { |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1229 | llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer; |
| 1230 | CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()); |
| 1231 | const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0]; |
| 1232 | unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin); |
Sebastian Redl | cd965b9 | 2009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1233 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1234 | CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength, |
| 1235 | Tok.getLocation(), PP); |
| 1236 | if (Literal.hadError()) |
Sebastian Redl | cd965b9 | 2009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1237 | return ExprError(); |
Chris Lattner | fc62bfd | 2008-03-01 08:32:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1238 | |
| 1239 | QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy; |
| 1240 | |
Sebastian Redl | e91b3bc | 2009-01-20 22:23:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1241 | return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(), |
| 1242 | Literal.isWide(), |
| 1243 | type, Tok.getLocation())); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1244 | } |
| 1245 | |
Sebastian Redl | cd965b9 | 2009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1246 | Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) { |
| 1247 | // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1248 | // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix. |
| 1249 | if (Tok.getLength() == 1) { |
Chris Lattner | 7216dc9 | 2009-01-26 22:36:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1250 | const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok); |
Chris Lattner | 0c21e84 | 2009-01-16 07:10:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1251 | unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); |
Steve Naroff | 6ece14c | 2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1252 | return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'), |
Steve Naroff | 0a47393 | 2009-01-20 19:53:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1253 | Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation())); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1254 | } |
Ted Kremenek | 2839660 | 2009-01-13 23:19:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1255 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1256 | llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer; |
Chris Lattner | 2a29904 | 2008-09-30 20:53:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1257 | // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character. |
| 1258 | IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1259 | const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0]; |
Sebastian Redl | cd965b9 | 2009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1260 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1261 | // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc. |
| 1262 | unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin); |
Sebastian Redl | cd965b9 | 2009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1263 | |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1264 | NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength, |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1265 | Tok.getLocation(), PP); |
| 1266 | if (Literal.hadError) |
Sebastian Redl | cd965b9 | 2009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1267 | return ExprError(); |
| 1268 | |
Chris Lattner | 5d66145 | 2007-08-26 03:42:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1269 | Expr *Res; |
Sebastian Redl | cd965b9 | 2009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1270 | |
Chris Lattner | 5d66145 | 2007-08-26 03:42:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1271 | if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) { |
Chris Lattner | 525a050 | 2007-09-22 18:29:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1272 | QualType Ty; |
Chris Lattner | b7cfe88 | 2008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1273 | if (Literal.isFloat) |
Chris Lattner | 525a050 | 2007-09-22 18:29:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1274 | Ty = Context.FloatTy; |
Chris Lattner | b7cfe88 | 2008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1275 | else if (!Literal.isLong) |
Chris Lattner | 525a050 | 2007-09-22 18:29:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1276 | Ty = Context.DoubleTy; |
Chris Lattner | b7cfe88 | 2008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1277 | else |
Chris Lattner | 9e9b6dc | 2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1278 | Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy; |
Chris Lattner | b7cfe88 | 2008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1279 | |
| 1280 | const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty); |
| 1281 | |
Ted Kremenek | 720c4ec | 2007-11-29 00:56:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1282 | // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue(). |
| 1283 | bool isExact = false; |
Chris Lattner | 001d64d | 2009-06-29 17:34:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1284 | llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact); |
| 1285 | Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation()); |
Sebastian Redl | cd965b9 | 2009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1286 | |
Chris Lattner | 5d66145 | 2007-08-26 03:42:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1287 | } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) { |
Sebastian Redl | cd965b9 | 2009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1288 | return ExprError(); |
Chris Lattner | 5d66145 | 2007-08-26 03:42:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1289 | } else { |
Chris Lattner | f0467b3 | 2008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1290 | QualType Ty; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1291 | |
Neil Booth | b944951 | 2007-08-29 22:00:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1292 | // long long is a C99 feature. |
| 1293 | if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && |
Neil Booth | 79859c3 | 2007-08-29 22:13:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1294 | Literal.isLongLong) |
Neil Booth | b944951 | 2007-08-29 22:00:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1295 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong); |
| 1296 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1297 | // Get the value in the widest-possible width. |
Chris Lattner | 98be494 | 2008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1298 | llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0); |
Sebastian Redl | cd965b9 | 2009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1299 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1300 | if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) { |
| 1301 | // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull. |
| 1302 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large); |
Chris Lattner | f0467b3 | 2008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1303 | Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; |
| 1304 | assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() && |
Chris Lattner | 98be494 | 2008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1305 | "long long is not intmax_t?"); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1306 | } else { |
| 1307 | // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into |
| 1308 | // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5. |
Sebastian Redl | cd965b9 | 2009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1309 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1310 | // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to |
| 1311 | // be an unsigned int. |
| 1312 | bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10; |
| 1313 | |
| 1314 | // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can. |
Chris Lattner | 8cbcb0e | 2008-05-09 05:59:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1315 | unsigned Width = 0; |
Chris Lattner | 97c5156 | 2007-08-23 21:58:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1316 | if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) { |
| 1317 | // Are int/unsigned possibilities? |
Chris Lattner | 8cbcb0e | 2008-05-09 05:59:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1318 | unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); |
Sebastian Redl | cd965b9 | 2009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1319 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1320 | // Does it fit in a unsigned int? |
| 1321 | if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) { |
| 1322 | // Does it fit in a signed int? |
| 1323 | if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0) |
Chris Lattner | f0467b3 | 2008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1324 | Ty = Context.IntTy; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1325 | else if (AllowUnsigned) |
Chris Lattner | f0467b3 | 2008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1326 | Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy; |
Chris Lattner | 8cbcb0e | 2008-05-09 05:59:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1327 | Width = IntSize; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1328 | } |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1329 | } |
Sebastian Redl | cd965b9 | 2009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1330 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1331 | // Are long/unsigned long possibilities? |
Chris Lattner | f0467b3 | 2008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1332 | if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) { |
Chris Lattner | 8cbcb0e | 2008-05-09 05:59:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1333 | unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth(); |
Sebastian Redl | cd965b9 | 2009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1334 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1335 | // Does it fit in a unsigned long? |
| 1336 | if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) { |
| 1337 | // Does it fit in a signed long? |
| 1338 | if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0) |
Chris Lattner | f0467b3 | 2008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1339 | Ty = Context.LongTy; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1340 | else if (AllowUnsigned) |
Chris Lattner | f0467b3 | 2008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1341 | Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy; |
Chris Lattner | 8cbcb0e | 2008-05-09 05:59:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1342 | Width = LongSize; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1343 | } |
Sebastian Redl | cd965b9 | 2009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1344 | } |
| 1345 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1346 | // Finally, check long long if needed. |
Chris Lattner | f0467b3 | 2008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1347 | if (Ty.isNull()) { |
Chris Lattner | 8cbcb0e | 2008-05-09 05:59:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1348 | unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); |
Sebastian Redl | cd965b9 | 2009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1349 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1350 | // Does it fit in a unsigned long long? |
| 1351 | if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) { |
| 1352 | // Does it fit in a signed long long? |
| 1353 | if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0) |
Chris Lattner | f0467b3 | 2008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1354 | Ty = Context.LongLongTy; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1355 | else if (AllowUnsigned) |
Chris Lattner | f0467b3 | 2008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1356 | Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; |
Chris Lattner | 8cbcb0e | 2008-05-09 05:59:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1357 | Width = LongLongSize; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1358 | } |
| 1359 | } |
Sebastian Redl | cd965b9 | 2009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1360 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1361 | // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that |
| 1362 | // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix. |
Chris Lattner | f0467b3 | 2008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1363 | if (Ty.isNull()) { |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1364 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed); |
Chris Lattner | f0467b3 | 2008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1365 | Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; |
Chris Lattner | 8cbcb0e | 2008-05-09 05:59:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1366 | Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1367 | } |
Sebastian Redl | cd965b9 | 2009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1368 | |
Chris Lattner | 8cbcb0e | 2008-05-09 05:59:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1369 | if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width) |
| 1370 | ResultVal.trunc(Width); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1371 | } |
Sebastian Redl | e91b3bc | 2009-01-20 22:23:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1372 | Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation()); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1373 | } |
Sebastian Redl | cd965b9 | 2009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1374 | |
Chris Lattner | 5d66145 | 2007-08-26 03:42:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1375 | // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper. |
| 1376 | if (Literal.isImaginary) |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1377 | Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res, |
Steve Naroff | 6ece14c | 2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1378 | Context.getComplexType(Res->getType())); |
Sebastian Redl | cd965b9 | 2009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1379 | |
| 1380 | return Owned(Res); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1381 | } |
| 1382 | |
Sebastian Redl | cd965b9 | 2009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1383 | Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, |
| 1384 | SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) { |
Anders Carlsson | e9146f2 | 2009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1385 | Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>(); |
Chris Lattner | f0467b3 | 2008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1386 | assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr"); |
Steve Naroff | 6ece14c | 2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1387 | return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E)); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1388 | } |
| 1389 | |
| 1390 | /// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine. |
| 1391 | /// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details. |
Sebastian Redl | 2850784 | 2009-02-26 14:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1392 | bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType, |
Sebastian Redl | 0518999 | 2008-11-11 17:56:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1393 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 1394 | const SourceRange &ExprRange, |
| 1395 | bool isSizeof) { |
Sebastian Redl | 2850784 | 2009-02-26 14:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1396 | if (exprType->isDependentType()) |
| 1397 | return false; |
| 1398 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1399 | // C99 6.5.3.4p1: |
John McCall | 5ab7517 | 2009-11-04 07:28:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1400 | if (exprType->isFunctionType()) { |
Chris Lattner | 1efaa95 | 2009-04-24 00:30:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1401 | // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension. |
Chris Lattner | 0107292 | 2009-01-24 19:46:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1402 | if (isSizeof) |
| 1403 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange; |
| 1404 | return false; |
| 1405 | } |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1406 | |
Chris Lattner | 1efaa95 | 2009-04-24 00:30:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1407 | // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension. |
Chris Lattner | 0107292 | 2009-01-24 19:46:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1408 | if (exprType->isVoidType()) { |
Chris Lattner | fa25bbb | 2008-11-19 05:08:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1409 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type) |
| 1410 | << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange; |
Chris Lattner | 0107292 | 2009-01-24 19:46:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1411 | return false; |
| 1412 | } |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1413 | |
Chris Lattner | 1efaa95 | 2009-04-24 00:30:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1414 | if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType, |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1415 | isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type : |
Anders Carlsson | b790661 | 2009-08-26 23:45:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1416 | PDiag(diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type) |
| 1417 | << ExprRange)) |
Chris Lattner | 1efaa95 | 2009-04-24 00:30:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1418 | return true; |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1419 | |
Chris Lattner | 1efaa95 | 2009-04-24 00:30:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1420 | // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode. |
Fariborz Jahanian | ced1e28 | 2009-04-24 17:34:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1421 | if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) { |
Chris Lattner | 1efaa95 | 2009-04-24 00:30:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1422 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface) |
Chris Lattner | 5cb10d3 | 2009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1423 | << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange; |
| 1424 | return true; |
Chris Lattner | ca79092 | 2009-04-21 19:55:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1425 | } |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1426 | |
Chris Lattner | 1efaa95 | 2009-04-24 00:30:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1427 | return false; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1428 | } |
| 1429 | |
Chris Lattner | 31e21e0 | 2009-01-24 20:17:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1430 | bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 1431 | const SourceRange &ExprRange) { |
| 1432 | E = E->IgnoreParens(); |
Sebastian Redl | 2850784 | 2009-02-26 14:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1433 | |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1434 | // alignof decl is always ok. |
Chris Lattner | 31e21e0 | 2009-01-24 20:17:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1435 | if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E)) |
| 1436 | return false; |
Sebastian Redl | 2850784 | 2009-02-26 14:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1437 | |
| 1438 | // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent. |
| 1439 | if (E->isTypeDependent()) |
| 1440 | return false; |
| 1441 | |
Douglas Gregor | 33bbbc5 | 2009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1442 | if (E->getBitField()) { |
| 1443 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange; |
| 1444 | return true; |
Chris Lattner | 31e21e0 | 2009-01-24 20:17:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1445 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 33bbbc5 | 2009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1446 | |
| 1447 | // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a |
| 1448 | // bit-field. |
| 1449 | if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) |
Mike Stump | 8e1fab2 | 2009-07-22 18:58:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1450 | if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) |
Douglas Gregor | 33bbbc5 | 2009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1451 | return false; |
| 1452 | |
Chris Lattner | 31e21e0 | 2009-01-24 20:17:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1453 | return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false); |
| 1454 | } |
| 1455 | |
Douglas Gregor | ba49817 | 2009-03-13 21:01:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1456 | /// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand. |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1457 | Action::OwningExprResult |
John McCall | 5ab7517 | 2009-11-04 07:28:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1458 | Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(DeclaratorInfo *DInfo, |
| 1459 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
Douglas Gregor | ba49817 | 2009-03-13 21:01:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1460 | bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) { |
John McCall | 5ab7517 | 2009-11-04 07:28:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1461 | if (!DInfo) |
Douglas Gregor | ba49817 | 2009-03-13 21:01:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1462 | return ExprError(); |
| 1463 | |
John McCall | 5ab7517 | 2009-11-04 07:28:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1464 | QualType T = DInfo->getType(); |
| 1465 | |
Douglas Gregor | ba49817 | 2009-03-13 21:01:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1466 | if (!T->isDependentType() && |
| 1467 | CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf)) |
| 1468 | return ExprError(); |
| 1469 | |
| 1470 | // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t. |
John McCall | 5ab7517 | 2009-11-04 07:28:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1471 | return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, DInfo, |
Douglas Gregor | ba49817 | 2009-03-13 21:01:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1472 | Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc, |
| 1473 | R.getEnd())); |
| 1474 | } |
| 1475 | |
| 1476 | /// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression |
| 1477 | /// operand. |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1478 | Action::OwningExprResult |
| 1479 | Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
Douglas Gregor | ba49817 | 2009-03-13 21:01:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1480 | bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) { |
| 1481 | // Verify that the operand is valid. |
| 1482 | bool isInvalid = false; |
| 1483 | if (E->isTypeDependent()) { |
| 1484 | // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions. |
| 1485 | } else if (!isSizeOf) { |
| 1486 | isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R); |
Douglas Gregor | 33bbbc5 | 2009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1487 | } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1. |
Douglas Gregor | ba49817 | 2009-03-13 21:01:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1488 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0; |
| 1489 | isInvalid = true; |
| 1490 | } else { |
| 1491 | isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true); |
| 1492 | } |
| 1493 | |
| 1494 | if (isInvalid) |
| 1495 | return ExprError(); |
| 1496 | |
| 1497 | // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t. |
| 1498 | return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E, |
| 1499 | Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc, |
| 1500 | R.getEnd())); |
| 1501 | } |
| 1502 | |
Sebastian Redl | 0518999 | 2008-11-11 17:56:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1503 | /// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and |
| 1504 | /// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof |
| 1505 | /// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false. |
Sebastian Redl | 0eb2330 | 2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1506 | Action::OwningExprResult |
Sebastian Redl | 0518999 | 2008-11-11 17:56:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1507 | Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType, |
| 1508 | void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) { |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1509 | // If error parsing type, ignore. |
Sebastian Redl | 0eb2330 | 2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1510 | if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1511 | |
Sebastian Redl | 0518999 | 2008-11-11 17:56:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1512 | if (isType) { |
John McCall | 5ab7517 | 2009-11-04 07:28:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1513 | DeclaratorInfo *DInfo; |
| 1514 | (void) GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx, &DInfo); |
| 1515 | return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(DInfo, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1516 | } |
Sebastian Redl | 0518999 | 2008-11-11 17:56:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1517 | |
Douglas Gregor | ba49817 | 2009-03-13 21:01:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1518 | Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx; |
| 1519 | Action::OwningExprResult Result |
| 1520 | = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange()); |
| 1521 | |
| 1522 | if (Result.isInvalid()) |
| 1523 | DeleteExpr(ArgEx); |
| 1524 | |
| 1525 | return move(Result); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1526 | } |
| 1527 | |
Chris Lattner | ba27e2a | 2009-02-17 08:12:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1528 | QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) { |
Sebastian Redl | 2850784 | 2009-02-26 14:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1529 | if (V->isTypeDependent()) |
| 1530 | return Context.DependentTy; |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1531 | |
Chris Lattner | cc26ed7 | 2007-08-26 05:39:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1532 | // These operators return the element type of a complex type. |
John McCall | 183700f | 2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1533 | if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()) |
Chris Lattner | dbb3697 | 2007-08-24 21:16:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1534 | return CT->getElementType(); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1535 | |
Chris Lattner | cc26ed7 | 2007-08-26 05:39:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1536 | // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here. |
| 1537 | if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType()) |
| 1538 | return V->getType(); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1539 | |
Chris Lattner | cc26ed7 | 2007-08-26 05:39:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1540 | // Reject anything else. |
Chris Lattner | ba27e2a | 2009-02-17 08:12:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1541 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType() |
| 1542 | << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag"); |
Chris Lattner | cc26ed7 | 2007-08-26 05:39:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1543 | return QualType(); |
Chris Lattner | dbb3697 | 2007-08-24 21:16:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1544 | } |
| 1545 | |
| 1546 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1547 | |
Sebastian Redl | 0eb2330 | 2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1548 | Action::OwningExprResult |
| 1549 | Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 1550 | tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) { |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1551 | UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc; |
| 1552 | switch (Kind) { |
| 1553 | default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!"); |
| 1554 | case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break; |
| 1555 | case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break; |
| 1556 | } |
Sebastian Redl | 0eb2330 | 2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1557 | |
Eli Friedman | e4216e9 | 2009-11-18 03:38:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1558 | return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, move(Input)); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1559 | } |
| 1560 | |
Sebastian Redl | 0eb2330 | 2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1561 | Action::OwningExprResult |
| 1562 | Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc, |
| 1563 | ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) { |
Nate Begeman | 2ef13e5 | 2009-08-10 23:49:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1564 | // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs. |
| 1565 | Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base)); |
| 1566 | |
Sebastian Redl | 0eb2330 | 2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1567 | Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()), |
| 1568 | *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get()); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1569 | |
Douglas Gregor | 337c6b9 | 2008-11-19 17:17:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1570 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && |
Douglas Gregor | 3384c9c | 2009-05-19 00:01:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1571 | (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) { |
| 1572 | Base.release(); |
| 1573 | Idx.release(); |
| 1574 | return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp, |
| 1575 | Context.DependentTy, RLoc)); |
| 1576 | } |
| 1577 | |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1578 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && |
Sebastian Redl | 0eb2330 | 2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1579 | (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() || |
Eli Friedman | 03f332a | 2008-12-15 22:34:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1580 | LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() || |
| 1581 | RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() || |
| 1582 | RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) { |
Sebastian Redl | f322ed6 | 2009-10-29 20:17:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1583 | return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, move(Base),move(Idx)); |
Douglas Gregor | 337c6b9 | 2008-11-19 17:17:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1584 | } |
| 1585 | |
Sebastian Redl | f322ed6 | 2009-10-29 20:17:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1586 | return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc); |
| 1587 | } |
| 1588 | |
| 1589 | |
| 1590 | Action::OwningExprResult |
| 1591 | Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc, |
| 1592 | ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) { |
| 1593 | Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()); |
| 1594 | Expr *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get()); |
| 1595 | |
Chris Lattner | 12d9ff6 | 2007-07-16 00:14:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1596 | // Perform default conversions. |
| 1597 | DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp); |
| 1598 | DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp); |
Sebastian Redl | 0eb2330 | 2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1599 | |
Chris Lattner | 12d9ff6 | 2007-07-16 00:14:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1600 | QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1601 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1602 | // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent |
Chris Lattner | 73d0d4f | 2007-08-30 17:45:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1603 | // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1604 | // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1605 | // and index from the expression types. |
Chris Lattner | 12d9ff6 | 2007-07-16 00:14:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1606 | Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr; |
| 1607 | QualType ResultType; |
Sebastian Redl | 2850784 | 2009-02-26 14:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1608 | if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) { |
| 1609 | BaseExpr = LHSExp; |
| 1610 | IndexExpr = RHSExp; |
| 1611 | ResultType = Context.DependentTy; |
Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1612 | } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
Chris Lattner | 12d9ff6 | 2007-07-16 00:14:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1613 | BaseExpr = LHSExp; |
| 1614 | IndexExpr = RHSExp; |
Chris Lattner | 12d9ff6 | 2007-07-16 00:14:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1615 | ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType(); |
Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1616 | } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
Chris Lattner | 7a2e047 | 2007-07-16 00:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1617 | // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]". |
Chris Lattner | 12d9ff6 | 2007-07-16 00:14:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1618 | BaseExpr = RHSExp; |
| 1619 | IndexExpr = LHSExp; |
Chris Lattner | 12d9ff6 | 2007-07-16 00:14:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1620 | ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType(); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1621 | } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy = |
John McCall | 183700f | 2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1622 | LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { |
Steve Naroff | 14108da | 2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1623 | BaseExpr = LHSExp; |
| 1624 | IndexExpr = RHSExp; |
| 1625 | ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType(); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1626 | } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy = |
John McCall | 183700f | 2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1627 | RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { |
Steve Naroff | 14108da | 2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1628 | // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]". |
| 1629 | BaseExpr = RHSExp; |
| 1630 | IndexExpr = LHSExp; |
| 1631 | ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType(); |
John McCall | 183700f | 2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1632 | } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) { |
Chris Lattner | c862963 | 2007-07-31 19:29:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1633 | BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123] |
Chris Lattner | 12d9ff6 | 2007-07-16 00:14:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1634 | IndexExpr = RHSExp; |
Nate Begeman | 334a802 | 2009-01-18 00:45:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1635 | |
Chris Lattner | 12d9ff6 | 2007-07-16 00:14:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1636 | // FIXME: need to deal with const... |
| 1637 | ResultType = VTy->getElementType(); |
Eli Friedman | 7c32f8e | 2009-04-25 23:46:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1638 | } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) { |
| 1639 | // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by |
| 1640 | // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that |
| 1641 | // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't |
| 1642 | // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then |
| 1643 | // force the promotion here. |
| 1644 | Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) << |
| 1645 | LHSExp->getSourceRange(); |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1646 | ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy), |
| 1647 | CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay); |
Eli Friedman | 7c32f8e | 2009-04-25 23:46:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1648 | LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(); |
| 1649 | |
| 1650 | BaseExpr = LHSExp; |
| 1651 | IndexExpr = RHSExp; |
Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1652 | ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
Eli Friedman | 7c32f8e | 2009-04-25 23:46:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1653 | } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) { |
| 1654 | // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case |
| 1655 | Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) << |
| 1656 | RHSExp->getSourceRange(); |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1657 | ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy), |
| 1658 | CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay); |
Eli Friedman | 7c32f8e | 2009-04-25 23:46:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1659 | RHSTy = RHSExp->getType(); |
| 1660 | |
| 1661 | BaseExpr = RHSExp; |
| 1662 | IndexExpr = LHSExp; |
Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1663 | ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1664 | } else { |
Chris Lattner | 338395d | 2009-04-25 22:50:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1665 | return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value) |
| 1666 | << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange()); |
Sebastian Redl | 0eb2330 | 2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1667 | } |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1668 | // C99 6.5.2.1p1 |
Nate Begeman | 2ef13e5 | 2009-08-10 23:49:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1669 | if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && |
| 1670 | IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent()) |
Chris Lattner | 338395d | 2009-04-25 22:50:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1671 | return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer) |
| 1672 | << IndexExpr->getSourceRange()); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1673 | |
Daniel Dunbar | 7e88a60 | 2009-09-17 06:31:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1674 | if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) || |
Sam Weinig | 0f9a5b5 | 2009-09-14 20:14:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1675 | IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U)) |
| 1676 | && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent()) |
Sam Weinig | 76e2b71 | 2009-09-14 01:58:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1677 | Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange(); |
| 1678 | |
Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1679 | // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly, |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1680 | // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object |
| 1681 | // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance) |
Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1682 | // incomplete types are not object types. |
| 1683 | if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) { |
| 1684 | Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type) |
| 1685 | << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange(); |
| 1686 | return ExprError(); |
| 1687 | } |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1688 | |
Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1689 | if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1690 | RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType, |
Anders Carlsson | b790661 | 2009-08-26 23:45:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1691 | PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type) |
| 1692 | << BaseExpr->getSourceRange())) |
Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1693 | return ExprError(); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1694 | |
Chris Lattner | 1efaa95 | 2009-04-24 00:30:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1695 | // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts. |
| 1696 | if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) { |
| 1697 | Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface) |
| 1698 | << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange(); |
| 1699 | return ExprError(); |
| 1700 | } |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1701 | |
Sebastian Redl | 0eb2330 | 2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1702 | Base.release(); |
| 1703 | Idx.release(); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1704 | return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp, |
Steve Naroff | 6ece14c | 2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1705 | ResultType, RLoc)); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1706 | } |
| 1707 | |
Steve Naroff | e1b31fe | 2007-07-27 22:15:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1708 | QualType Sema:: |
Nate Begeman | 213541a | 2008-04-18 23:10:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1709 | CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1710 | const IdentifierInfo *CompName, |
Anders Carlsson | 8f28f99 | 2009-08-26 18:25:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1711 | SourceLocation CompLoc) { |
Daniel Dunbar | 2ad3289 | 2009-10-18 02:09:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1712 | // FIXME: Share logic with ExtVectorElementExpr::containsDuplicateElements, |
| 1713 | // see FIXME there. |
| 1714 | // |
| 1715 | // FIXME: This logic can be greatly simplified by splitting it along |
| 1716 | // halving/not halving and reworking the component checking. |
John McCall | 183700f | 2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1717 | const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>(); |
Nate Begeman | 8a99764 | 2008-05-09 06:41:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1718 | |
Steve Naroff | e1b31fe | 2007-07-27 22:15:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1719 | // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements. |
Daniel Dunbar | e013d68 | 2009-10-18 20:26:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1720 | const char *compStr = CompName->getNameStart(); |
Nate Begeman | 353417a | 2009-01-18 01:47:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1721 | |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1722 | // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four |
Nate Begeman | 353417a | 2009-01-18 01:47:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1723 | // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are |
| 1724 | // to be selected. |
| 1725 | bool HalvingSwizzle = false; |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1726 | |
Nate Begeman | 353417a | 2009-01-18 01:47:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1727 | // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix, |
| 1728 | // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices. |
Nate Begeman | 131f465 | 2009-06-25 21:06:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1729 | bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S'; |
Nate Begeman | 8a99764 | 2008-05-09 06:41:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1730 | |
| 1731 | // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component |
| 1732 | // names must come from the same set. |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1733 | if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") || |
Nate Begeman | 353417a | 2009-01-18 01:47:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1734 | !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) { |
| 1735 | HalvingSwizzle = true; |
Nate Begeman | 8a99764 | 2008-05-09 06:41:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1736 | } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) { |
Chris Lattner | 88dca04 | 2007-08-02 22:33:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1737 | do |
| 1738 | compStr++; |
| 1739 | while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1); |
Nate Begeman | 353417a | 2009-01-18 01:47:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1740 | } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) { |
Chris Lattner | 88dca04 | 2007-08-02 22:33:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1741 | do |
| 1742 | compStr++; |
Nate Begeman | 353417a | 2009-01-18 01:47:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1743 | while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1); |
Chris Lattner | 88dca04 | 2007-08-02 22:33:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1744 | } |
Nate Begeman | 353417a | 2009-01-18 01:47:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1745 | |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1746 | if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) { |
Steve Naroff | e1b31fe | 2007-07-27 22:15:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1747 | // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names |
| 1748 | // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name. |
Chris Lattner | fa25bbb | 2008-11-19 05:08:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1749 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal) |
| 1750 | << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc); |
Steve Naroff | e1b31fe | 2007-07-27 22:15:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1751 | return QualType(); |
| 1752 | } |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1753 | |
Nate Begeman | 353417a | 2009-01-18 01:47:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1754 | // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it |
| 1755 | // operates on. |
| 1756 | if (!HalvingSwizzle) { |
Daniel Dunbar | e013d68 | 2009-10-18 20:26:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1757 | compStr = CompName->getNameStart(); |
Nate Begeman | 353417a | 2009-01-18 01:47:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1758 | |
| 1759 | if (HexSwizzle) |
Steve Naroff | e1b31fe | 2007-07-27 22:15:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1760 | compStr++; |
Nate Begeman | 353417a | 2009-01-18 01:47:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1761 | |
| 1762 | while (*compStr) { |
| 1763 | if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) { |
| 1764 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length) |
| 1765 | << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc); |
| 1766 | return QualType(); |
| 1767 | } |
| 1768 | } |
Steve Naroff | e1b31fe | 2007-07-27 22:15:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1769 | } |
Nate Begeman | 8a99764 | 2008-05-09 06:41:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1770 | |
Nate Begeman | 353417a | 2009-01-18 01:47:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1771 | // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even |
| 1772 | // number of elements. |
| 1773 | if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) { |
Chris Lattner | fa25bbb | 2008-11-19 05:08:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1774 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even) |
Chris Lattner | d162584 | 2008-11-24 06:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1775 | << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc); |
Nate Begeman | 8a99764 | 2008-05-09 06:41:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1776 | return QualType(); |
| 1777 | } |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1778 | |
Steve Naroff | e1b31fe | 2007-07-27 22:15:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1779 | // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type. |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1780 | // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example, |
Steve Naroff | e1b31fe | 2007-07-27 22:15:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1781 | // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc. |
Nate Begeman | 353417a | 2009-01-18 01:47:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1782 | // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc. |
Nate Begeman | 8a99764 | 2008-05-09 06:41:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1783 | // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2. |
Nate Begeman | 353417a | 2009-01-18 01:47:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1784 | unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2 |
Anders Carlsson | 8f28f99 | 2009-08-26 18:25:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1785 | : CompName->getLength(); |
Nate Begeman | 353417a | 2009-01-18 01:47:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1786 | if (HexSwizzle) |
| 1787 | CompSize--; |
| 1788 | |
Steve Naroff | e1b31fe | 2007-07-27 22:15:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1789 | if (CompSize == 1) |
| 1790 | return vecType->getElementType(); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1791 | |
Nate Begeman | 213541a | 2008-04-18 23:10:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1792 | QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1793 | // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this, |
Nate Begeman | 213541a | 2008-04-18 23:10:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1794 | // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in. |
| 1795 | for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) { |
| 1796 | if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT) |
| 1797 | return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]); |
Steve Naroff | bea0b34 | 2007-07-29 16:33:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1798 | } |
| 1799 | return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found). |
Steve Naroff | e1b31fe | 2007-07-27 22:15:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1800 | } |
| 1801 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | 2ce1be0 | 2009-03-19 18:15:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1802 | static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl, |
Anders Carlsson | 8f28f99 | 2009-08-26 18:25:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1803 | IdentifierInfo *Member, |
Douglas Gregor | 6ab3524 | 2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1804 | const Selector &Sel, |
| 1805 | ASTContext &Context) { |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1806 | |
Anders Carlsson | 8f28f99 | 2009-08-26 18:25:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1807 | if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) |
Fariborz Jahanian | 2ce1be0 | 2009-03-19 18:15:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1808 | return PD; |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 17945a0 | 2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1809 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) |
Fariborz Jahanian | 2ce1be0 | 2009-03-19 18:15:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1810 | return OMD; |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1811 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | 2ce1be0 | 2009-03-19 18:15:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1812 | for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(), |
| 1813 | E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) { |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1814 | if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, |
Douglas Gregor | 6ab3524 | 2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1815 | Context)) |
Fariborz Jahanian | 2ce1be0 | 2009-03-19 18:15:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1816 | return D; |
| 1817 | } |
| 1818 | return 0; |
| 1819 | } |
| 1820 | |
Steve Naroff | d1b3c2d | 2009-06-17 22:40:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1821 | static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy, |
Anders Carlsson | 8f28f99 | 2009-08-26 18:25:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1822 | IdentifierInfo *Member, |
Douglas Gregor | 6ab3524 | 2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1823 | const Selector &Sel, |
| 1824 | ASTContext &Context) { |
Fariborz Jahanian | 2ce1be0 | 2009-03-19 18:15:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1825 | // Check protocols on qualified interfaces. |
| 1826 | Decl *GDecl = 0; |
Steve Naroff | d1b3c2d | 2009-06-17 22:40:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1827 | for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(), |
Fariborz Jahanian | 2ce1be0 | 2009-03-19 18:15:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1828 | E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { |
Anders Carlsson | 8f28f99 | 2009-08-26 18:25:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1829 | if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) { |
Fariborz Jahanian | 2ce1be0 | 2009-03-19 18:15:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1830 | GDecl = PD; |
| 1831 | break; |
| 1832 | } |
| 1833 | // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax. |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 17945a0 | 2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1834 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) { |
Fariborz Jahanian | 2ce1be0 | 2009-03-19 18:15:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1835 | GDecl = OMD; |
| 1836 | break; |
| 1837 | } |
| 1838 | } |
| 1839 | if (!GDecl) { |
Steve Naroff | d1b3c2d | 2009-06-17 22:40:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1840 | for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(), |
Fariborz Jahanian | 2ce1be0 | 2009-03-19 18:15:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1841 | E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { |
| 1842 | // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol. |
Douglas Gregor | 6ab3524 | 2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1843 | GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 2ce1be0 | 2009-03-19 18:15:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1844 | if (GDecl) |
| 1845 | return GDecl; |
| 1846 | } |
| 1847 | } |
| 1848 | return GDecl; |
| 1849 | } |
Chris Lattner | 76a642f | 2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1850 | |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1851 | Action::OwningExprResult |
Anders Carlsson | 8f28f99 | 2009-08-26 18:25:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1852 | Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
Sebastian Redl | 0eb2330 | 2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1853 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc, |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1854 | DeclarationName MemberName, |
John McCall | d5532b6 | 2009-11-23 01:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1855 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
Douglas Gregor | c68afe2 | 2009-09-03 21:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1856 | DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl, const CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
| 1857 | NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope) { |
Douglas Gregor | fe85ced | 2009-08-06 03:17:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1858 | if (SS && SS->isInvalid()) |
| 1859 | return ExprError(); |
| 1860 | |
Nate Begeman | 2ef13e5 | 2009-08-10 23:49:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1861 | // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs. |
| 1862 | Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base)); |
| 1863 | |
Anders Carlsson | f1b1d59 | 2009-05-01 19:30:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1864 | Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>(); |
Douglas Gregor | a71d819 | 2009-09-04 17:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1865 | assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression"); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1866 | |
Steve Naroff | 3cc4af8 | 2007-12-16 21:42:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1867 | // Perform default conversions. |
| 1868 | DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr); |
Sebastian Redl | 0eb2330 | 2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1869 | |
Steve Naroff | dfa6aae | 2007-07-26 03:11:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1870 | QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType(); |
Douglas Gregor | 3f0b5fd | 2009-11-06 06:30:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1871 | |
| 1872 | // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function pointer |
| 1873 | // type, it's probably because the forgot parentheses to call that |
| 1874 | // function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses, build the |
| 1875 | // call, and continue on. |
| 1876 | if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
| 1877 | if (const FunctionProtoType *Fun |
| 1878 | = Ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { |
| 1879 | QualType ResultTy = Fun->getResultType(); |
| 1880 | if (Fun->getNumArgs() == 0 && |
| 1881 | ((OpKind == tok::period && ResultTy->isRecordType()) || |
| 1882 | (OpKind == tok::arrow && ResultTy->isPointerType() && |
| 1883 | ResultTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType() |
| 1884 | ->isRecordType()))) { |
| 1885 | SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd()); |
| 1886 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_reference_needs_call) |
| 1887 | << QualType(Fun, 0) |
| 1888 | << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()"); |
| 1889 | |
| 1890 | OwningExprResult NewBase |
| 1891 | = ActOnCallExpr(S, ExprArg(*this, BaseExpr), Loc, |
| 1892 | MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, Loc); |
| 1893 | if (NewBase.isInvalid()) |
| 1894 | return move(NewBase); |
| 1895 | |
| 1896 | BaseExpr = NewBase.takeAs<Expr>(); |
| 1897 | DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr); |
| 1898 | BaseType = BaseExpr->getType(); |
| 1899 | } |
| 1900 | } |
| 1901 | } |
| 1902 | |
David Chisnall | 0f43656 | 2009-08-17 16:35:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1903 | // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then |
| 1904 | // use that. |
| 1905 | if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) { |
| 1906 | // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this |
| 1907 | // is a reference to 'isa'. |
| 1908 | if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) { |
| 1909 | BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType; |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1910 | ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
David Chisnall | 0f43656 | 2009-08-17 16:35:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1911 | } |
David Chisnall | 0f43656 | 2009-08-17 16:35:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1912 | } |
Steve Naroff | dfa6aae | 2007-07-26 03:11:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1913 | assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression"); |
Sebastian Redl | 0eb2330 | 2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1914 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | b2ef1be | 2009-09-22 16:48:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1915 | // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types. |
| 1916 | if (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) { |
| 1917 | // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax. |
| 1918 | IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo(); |
| 1919 | Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member); |
| 1920 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) { |
| 1921 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); |
| 1922 | ObjCMethodDecl *Getter; |
| 1923 | // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation. |
| 1924 | if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) { |
| 1925 | // Check the use of this method. |
| 1926 | if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc)) |
| 1927 | return ExprError(); |
| 1928 | } |
| 1929 | // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we |
| 1930 | // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed. |
| 1931 | Selector SetterSel = |
| 1932 | SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(), |
| 1933 | PP.getSelectorTable(), Member); |
| 1934 | ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel); |
| 1935 | if (!Setter) { |
| 1936 | // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private' |
| 1937 | // methods. |
Steve Naroff | d789d3d | 2009-10-01 23:46:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1938 | Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel); |
Fariborz Jahanian | b2ef1be | 2009-09-22 16:48:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1939 | } |
| 1940 | // Look through local category implementations associated with the class. |
| 1941 | if (!Setter) |
| 1942 | Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel); |
| 1943 | |
| 1944 | if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc)) |
| 1945 | return ExprError(); |
| 1946 | |
| 1947 | if (Getter || Setter) { |
| 1948 | QualType PType; |
| 1949 | |
| 1950 | if (Getter) |
| 1951 | PType = Getter->getResultType(); |
| 1952 | else |
| 1953 | // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter. |
| 1954 | PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType(); |
| 1955 | // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type. |
| 1956 | return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, |
| 1957 | PType, |
| 1958 | Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr)); |
| 1959 | } |
| 1960 | return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found) |
| 1961 | << MemberName << BaseType); |
| 1962 | } |
| 1963 | } |
| 1964 | |
| 1965 | if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() && |
| 1966 | BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) { |
| 1967 | BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType; |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1968 | ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
Fariborz Jahanian | b2ef1be | 2009-09-22 16:48:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1969 | } |
| 1970 | |
Chris Lattner | 68a057b | 2008-07-21 04:36:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1971 | // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr |
| 1972 | // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee. |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1973 | if (OpKind == tok::arrow) { |
Douglas Gregor | c68afe2 | 2009-09-03 21:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1974 | if (BaseType->isDependentType()) { |
| 1975 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0; |
| 1976 | if (SS) { |
| 1977 | Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()); |
| 1978 | if (!FirstQualifierInScope) |
| 1979 | FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier); |
| 1980 | } |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1981 | |
John McCall | 865d447 | 2009-11-19 22:55:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1982 | return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, true, |
Douglas Gregor | 3b6afbb | 2009-09-09 00:23:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1983 | OpLoc, Qualifier, |
Douglas Gregor | a38c687 | 2009-09-03 16:14:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1984 | SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(), |
Douglas Gregor | 3b6afbb | 2009-09-09 00:23:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1985 | FirstQualifierInScope, |
| 1986 | MemberName, |
| 1987 | MemberLoc, |
John McCall | d5532b6 | 2009-11-23 01:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1988 | ExplicitTemplateArgs)); |
Douglas Gregor | c68afe2 | 2009-09-03 21:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1989 | } |
Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1990 | else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) |
Steve Naroff | dfa6aae | 2007-07-26 03:11:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1991 | BaseType = PT->getPointeeType(); |
Steve Naroff | 14108da | 2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1992 | else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) |
| 1993 | ; |
Steve Naroff | dfa6aae | 2007-07-26 03:11:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1994 | else |
Sebastian Redl | 0eb2330 | 2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1995 | return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, |
| 1996 | diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow) |
| 1997 | << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()); |
Fariborz Jahanian | b2ef1be | 2009-09-22 16:48:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1998 | } else if (BaseType->isDependentType()) { |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1999 | // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type |
Anders Carlsson | 4ef2770 | 2009-05-16 20:31:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2000 | // (so we'll report an error for) |
| 2001 | // T* t; |
| 2002 | // t.f; |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2003 | // |
Anders Carlsson | 4ef2770 | 2009-05-16 20:31:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2004 | // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be |
| 2005 | // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check |
| 2006 | // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer. |
Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2007 | const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>(); |
Anders Carlsson | 4ef2770 | 2009-05-16 20:31:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2008 | |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2009 | if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && |
Douglas Gregor | c68afe2 | 2009-09-03 21:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2010 | !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) { |
| 2011 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0; |
| 2012 | if (SS) { |
| 2013 | Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()); |
| 2014 | if (!FirstQualifierInScope) |
| 2015 | FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier); |
| 2016 | } |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2017 | |
John McCall | 865d447 | 2009-11-19 22:55:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2018 | return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(Context, |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2019 | BaseExpr, false, |
| 2020 | OpLoc, |
Douglas Gregor | 3b6afbb | 2009-09-09 00:23:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2021 | Qualifier, |
Douglas Gregor | a38c687 | 2009-09-03 16:14:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2022 | SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(), |
Douglas Gregor | 3b6afbb | 2009-09-09 00:23:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2023 | FirstQualifierInScope, |
| 2024 | MemberName, |
| 2025 | MemberLoc, |
John McCall | d5532b6 | 2009-11-23 01:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2026 | ExplicitTemplateArgs)); |
Douglas Gregor | c68afe2 | 2009-09-03 21:38:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2027 | } |
Anders Carlsson | 4ef2770 | 2009-05-16 20:31:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2028 | } |
Sebastian Redl | 0eb2330 | 2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2029 | |
Chris Lattner | 68a057b | 2008-07-21 04:36:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2030 | // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields |
| 2031 | // of the ObjC 'id' struct. |
Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2032 | if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) { |
Steve Naroff | dfa6aae | 2007-07-26 03:11:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2033 | RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl(); |
Douglas Gregor | 86447ec | 2009-03-09 16:13:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2034 | if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType, |
Anders Carlsson | b790661 | 2009-08-26 23:45:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2035 | PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag) |
| 2036 | << BaseExpr->getSourceRange())) |
Douglas Gregor | 4ec339f | 2009-01-19 19:26:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2037 | return ExprError(); |
| 2038 | |
Douglas Gregor | fe85ced | 2009-08-06 03:17:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2039 | DeclContext *DC = RDecl; |
| 2040 | if (SS && SS->isSet()) { |
| 2041 | // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the |
| 2042 | // nested-name-specifier. |
| 2043 | DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); |
Douglas Gregor | 8d1c9ae | 2009-10-17 22:37:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2044 | |
| 2045 | if (!isa<TypeDecl>(DC)) { |
| 2046 | Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_qualified_member_nonclass) |
| 2047 | << DC << SS->getRange(); |
| 2048 | return ExprError(); |
| 2049 | } |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2050 | |
| 2051 | // FIXME: If DC is not computable, we should build a |
John McCall | 865d447 | 2009-11-19 22:55:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2052 | // CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr. |
Douglas Gregor | fe85ced | 2009-08-06 03:17:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2053 | assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup"); |
| 2054 | } |
| 2055 | |
Steve Naroff | dfa6aae | 2007-07-26 03:11:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2056 | // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid. |
John McCall | a24dc2e | 2009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2057 | LookupResult Result(*this, MemberName, MemberLoc, LookupMemberName); |
| 2058 | LookupQualifiedName(Result, DC); |
Douglas Gregor | 7176fff | 2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2059 | |
John McCall | f36e02d | 2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2060 | if (Result.empty()) |
Douglas Gregor | 3f09327 | 2009-10-13 21:16:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2061 | return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_no_member) |
| 2062 | << MemberName << DC << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()); |
John McCall | a24dc2e | 2009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2063 | if (Result.isAmbiguous()) |
Sebastian Redl | 0eb2330 | 2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2064 | return ExprError(); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2065 | |
John McCall | f36e02d | 2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2066 | NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result.getAsSingleDecl(Context); |
| 2067 | |
Douglas Gregor | a38c687 | 2009-09-03 16:14:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2068 | if (SS && SS->isSet()) { |
John McCall | f36e02d | 2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2069 | TypeDecl* TyD = cast<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext()); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2070 | QualType BaseTypeCanon |
Douglas Gregor | a38c687 | 2009-09-03 16:14:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2071 | = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType).getUnqualifiedType(); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2072 | QualType MemberTypeCanon |
John McCall | f36e02d | 2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2073 | = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(TyD)); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2074 | |
Douglas Gregor | a38c687 | 2009-09-03 16:14:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2075 | if (BaseTypeCanon != MemberTypeCanon && |
| 2076 | !IsDerivedFrom(BaseTypeCanon, MemberTypeCanon)) |
| 2077 | return ExprError(Diag(SS->getBeginLoc(), |
| 2078 | diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual) |
| 2079 | << MemberTypeCanon << BaseTypeCanon); |
| 2080 | } |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2081 | |
Chris Lattner | 56cd21b | 2009-02-13 22:08:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2082 | // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this |
| 2083 | // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading |
| 2084 | // error cases. |
| 2085 | if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl()) |
| 2086 | return ExprError(); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2087 | |
Anders Carlsson | 0f72856 | 2009-09-10 20:48:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2088 | bool ShouldCheckUse = true; |
| 2089 | if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) { |
| 2090 | // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's |
| 2091 | // explicitly qualified. |
| 2092 | if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet())) |
| 2093 | ShouldCheckUse = false; |
| 2094 | } |
Daniel Dunbar | 7e88a60 | 2009-09-17 06:31:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2095 | |
Douglas Gregor | 48f3bb9 | 2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2096 | // Check the use of this field |
Anders Carlsson | 0f72856 | 2009-09-10 20:48:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2097 | if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc)) |
Douglas Gregor | 48f3bb9 | 2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2098 | return ExprError(); |
Chris Lattner | 56cd21b | 2009-02-13 22:08:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2099 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3fc749d | 2008-12-23 00:26:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2100 | if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) { |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2101 | // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct |
| 2102 | // (C++ [class.union]). |
| 2103 | if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) |
Sebastian Redl | cd965b9 | 2009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2104 | return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD, |
Sebastian Redl | 0eb2330 | 2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2105 | BaseExpr, OpLoc); |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2106 | |
Douglas Gregor | 86f1940 | 2008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2107 | // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref] |
Douglas Gregor | 3fc749d | 2008-12-23 00:26:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2108 | QualType MemberType = FD->getType(); |
Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2109 | if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) |
Douglas Gregor | 86f1940 | 2008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2110 | MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType(); |
| 2111 | else { |
John McCall | 0953e76 | 2009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2112 | Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers(); |
| 2113 | BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
| 2114 | if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst(); |
| 2115 | |
| 2116 | Qualifiers MemberQuals |
| 2117 | = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers(); |
| 2118 | |
| 2119 | Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals; |
| 2120 | if (Combined != MemberQuals) |
| 2121 | MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined); |
Douglas Gregor | 86f1940 | 2008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2122 | } |
Eli Friedman | 5101907 | 2008-02-06 22:48:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2123 | |
Douglas Gregor | d7f37bf | 2009-06-22 23:06:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2124 | MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD); |
Fariborz Jahanian | f3e53d3 | 2009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2125 | if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD)) |
| 2126 | return ExprError(); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2127 | return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS, |
Douglas Gregor | bd4c4ae | 2009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2128 | FD, MemberLoc, MemberType)); |
Chris Lattner | a3d2524 | 2009-03-31 08:18:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2129 | } |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2130 | |
Douglas Gregor | d7f37bf | 2009-06-22 23:06:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2131 | if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) { |
| 2132 | MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl); |
Douglas Gregor | bd4c4ae | 2009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2133 | return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS, |
| 2134 | Var, MemberLoc, |
| 2135 | Var->getType().getNonReferenceType())); |
Douglas Gregor | d7f37bf | 2009-06-22 23:06:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2136 | } |
| 2137 | if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) { |
| 2138 | MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl); |
Douglas Gregor | bd4c4ae | 2009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2139 | return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS, |
| 2140 | MemberFn, MemberLoc, |
| 2141 | MemberFn->getType())); |
Douglas Gregor | d7f37bf | 2009-06-22 23:06:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2142 | } |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2143 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl |
Douglas Gregor | 6b90686 | 2009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2144 | = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemberDecl)) { |
| 2145 | MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2146 | |
John McCall | d5532b6 | 2009-11-23 01:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2147 | if (ExplicitTemplateArgs) |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2148 | return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, |
| 2149 | (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0), |
Douglas Gregor | c4bf26f | 2009-09-01 00:37:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2150 | SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(), |
John McCall | d5532b6 | 2009-11-23 01:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2151 | FunTmpl, MemberLoc, |
| 2152 | ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
Douglas Gregor | c4bf26f | 2009-09-01 00:37:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2153 | Context.OverloadTy)); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2154 | |
Douglas Gregor | bd4c4ae | 2009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2155 | return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS, |
| 2156 | FunTmpl, MemberLoc, |
| 2157 | Context.OverloadTy)); |
Douglas Gregor | 6b90686 | 2009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2158 | } |
Chris Lattner | a3d2524 | 2009-03-31 08:18:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2159 | if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl |
Douglas Gregor | c4bf26f | 2009-09-01 00:37:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2160 | = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) { |
John McCall | d5532b6 | 2009-11-23 01:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2161 | if (ExplicitTemplateArgs) |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2162 | return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, |
| 2163 | (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0), |
Douglas Gregor | c4bf26f | 2009-09-01 00:37:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2164 | SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(), |
John McCall | d5532b6 | 2009-11-23 01:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2165 | Ovl, MemberLoc, ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
Douglas Gregor | c4bf26f | 2009-09-01 00:37:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2166 | Context.OverloadTy)); |
| 2167 | |
Douglas Gregor | bd4c4ae | 2009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2168 | return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS, |
| 2169 | Ovl, MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy)); |
Douglas Gregor | c4bf26f | 2009-09-01 00:37:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2170 | } |
Douglas Gregor | d7f37bf | 2009-06-22 23:06:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2171 | if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) { |
| 2172 | MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl); |
Douglas Gregor | bd4c4ae | 2009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2173 | return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS, |
| 2174 | Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType())); |
Douglas Gregor | d7f37bf | 2009-06-22 23:06:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2175 | } |
Chris Lattner | a3d2524 | 2009-03-31 08:18:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2176 | if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl)) |
Sebastian Redl | 0eb2330 | 2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2177 | return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type) |
Anders Carlsson | 8f28f99 | 2009-08-26 18:25:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2178 | << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow)); |
Eli Friedman | 5101907 | 2008-02-06 22:48:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2179 | |
Douglas Gregor | 86f1940 | 2008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2180 | // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a |
| 2181 | // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer |
| 2182 | // to this member with '.' or '->'. |
Sebastian Redl | 0eb2330 | 2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2183 | return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, |
| 2184 | diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown) |
Anders Carlsson | 8f28f99 | 2009-08-26 18:25:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2185 | << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow)); |
Chris Lattner | fb173ec | 2008-07-21 04:28:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2186 | } |
Sebastian Redl | 0eb2330 | 2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2187 | |
Douglas Gregor | a71d819 | 2009-09-04 17:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2188 | // Handle pseudo-destructors (C++ [expr.pseudo]). Since anything referring |
| 2189 | // into a record type was handled above, any destructor we see here is a |
| 2190 | // pseudo-destructor. |
| 2191 | if (MemberName.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { |
| 2192 | // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2193 | // The left hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The |
| 2194 | // left hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar |
Douglas Gregor | a71d819 | 2009-09-04 17:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2195 | // type. |
| 2196 | if (!BaseType->isScalarType()) |
| 2197 | return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar) |
| 2198 | << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2199 | |
Douglas Gregor | a71d819 | 2009-09-04 17:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2200 | // [...] The type designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the |
| 2201 | // same as the object type. |
| 2202 | if (!MemberName.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() && |
| 2203 | !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(BaseType, MemberName.getCXXNameType())) |
| 2204 | return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch) |
| 2205 | << BaseType << MemberName.getCXXNameType() |
| 2206 | << BaseExpr->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(MemberLoc)); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2207 | |
| 2208 | // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of |
Douglas Gregor | a71d819 | 2009-09-04 17:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2209 | // the form |
| 2210 | // |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2211 | // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ̃ type-name |
| 2212 | // |
Douglas Gregor | a71d819 | 2009-09-04 17:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2213 | // shall designate the same scalar type. |
| 2214 | // |
| 2215 | // FIXME: DPG can't see any way to trigger this particular clause, so it |
| 2216 | // isn't checked here. |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2217 | |
Douglas Gregor | a71d819 | 2009-09-04 17:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2218 | // FIXME: We've lost the precise spelling of the type by going through |
| 2219 | // DeclarationName. Can we do better? |
| 2220 | return Owned(new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, BaseExpr, |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2221 | OpKind == tok::arrow, |
Douglas Gregor | a71d819 | 2009-09-04 17:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2222 | OpLoc, |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2223 | (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0), |
Douglas Gregor | a71d819 | 2009-09-04 17:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2224 | SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(), |
| 2225 | MemberName.getCXXNameType(), |
| 2226 | MemberLoc)); |
| 2227 | } |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2228 | |
Chris Lattner | a38e6b1 | 2008-07-21 04:59:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2229 | // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and |
| 2230 | // (*Obj).ivar. |
Steve Naroff | 14108da | 2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2231 | if ((OpKind == tok::arrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) || |
| 2232 | (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) { |
John McCall | 183700f | 2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2233 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2234 | const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = |
John McCall | 183700f | 2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2235 | OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>(); |
Steve Naroff | c70e8d9 | 2009-07-16 00:25:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2236 | if (IFaceT) { |
Anders Carlsson | 8f28f99 | 2009-08-26 18:25:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2237 | IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo(); |
| 2238 | |
Steve Naroff | c70e8d9 | 2009-07-16 00:25:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2239 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl(); |
| 2240 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared; |
Anders Carlsson | 8f28f99 | 2009-08-26 18:25:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2241 | ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2242 | |
Steve Naroff | c70e8d9 | 2009-07-16 00:25:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2243 | if (IV) { |
| 2244 | // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this |
| 2245 | // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading |
| 2246 | // error cases. |
| 2247 | if (IV->isInvalidDecl()) |
| 2248 | return ExprError(); |
Douglas Gregor | 48f3bb9 | 2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2249 | |
Steve Naroff | c70e8d9 | 2009-07-16 00:25:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2250 | // Check whether we can reference this field. |
| 2251 | if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc)) |
| 2252 | return ExprError(); |
| 2253 | if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public && |
| 2254 | IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) { |
| 2255 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0; |
| 2256 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) |
| 2257 | ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface(); |
| 2258 | else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) { |
| 2259 | // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation. |
| 2260 | // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation |
| 2261 | // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass |
| 2262 | // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context |
| 2263 | // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the |
| 2264 | // AST for a function decl. |
| 2265 | Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>(); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2266 | if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD = |
Steve Naroff | c70e8d9 | 2009-07-16 00:25:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2267 | dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl)) |
| 2268 | ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface(); |
| 2269 | else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass = |
| 2270 | dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl)) |
| 2271 | ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface(); |
| 2272 | } |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2273 | |
| 2274 | if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) { |
| 2275 | if (ClassDeclared != IDecl || |
Steve Naroff | c70e8d9 | 2009-07-16 00:25:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2276 | ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared) |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2277 | Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) |
Steve Naroff | c70e8d9 | 2009-07-16 00:25:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2278 | << IV->getDeclName(); |
Mike Stump | ac5fc7c | 2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2279 | } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl)) |
| 2280 | // @protected |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2281 | Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access) |
Steve Naroff | c70e8d9 | 2009-07-16 00:25:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2282 | << IV->getDeclName(); |
Steve Naroff | b06d875 | 2009-03-04 18:34:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2283 | } |
Steve Naroff | c70e8d9 | 2009-07-16 00:25:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2284 | |
| 2285 | return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), |
| 2286 | MemberLoc, BaseExpr, |
| 2287 | OpKind == tok::arrow)); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 935fd76 | 2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2288 | } |
Steve Naroff | c70e8d9 | 2009-07-16 00:25:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2289 | return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar) |
Anders Carlsson | 8f28f99 | 2009-08-26 18:25:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2290 | << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName |
Steve Naroff | c70e8d9 | 2009-07-16 00:25:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2291 | << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()); |
Fariborz Jahanian | aaa63a7 | 2008-12-13 22:20:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2292 | } |
Chris Lattner | fb173ec | 2008-07-21 04:28:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2293 | } |
Steve Naroff | de2e22d | 2009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2294 | // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id". |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2295 | if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() || |
Steve Naroff | de2e22d | 2009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2296 | BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) { |
John McCall | 183700f | 2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2297 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); |
Anders Carlsson | 8f28f99 | 2009-08-26 18:25:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2298 | IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo(); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2299 | |
Steve Naroff | 14108da | 2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2300 | // Check protocols on qualified interfaces. |
Anders Carlsson | 8f28f99 | 2009-08-26 18:25:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2301 | Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member); |
Steve Naroff | 14108da | 2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2302 | if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) { |
| 2303 | if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) { |
| 2304 | // Check the use of this declaration |
| 2305 | if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc)) |
| 2306 | return ExprError(); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2307 | |
Steve Naroff | 14108da | 2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2308 | return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(), |
| 2309 | MemberLoc, BaseExpr)); |
| 2310 | } |
| 2311 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) { |
| 2312 | // Check the use of this method. |
| 2313 | if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc)) |
| 2314 | return ExprError(); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2315 | |
Steve Naroff | 14108da | 2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2316 | return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel, |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2317 | OMD->getResultType(), |
| 2318 | OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc, |
Steve Naroff | 14108da | 2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2319 | NULL, 0)); |
| 2320 | } |
| 2321 | } |
Sebastian Redl | 0eb2330 | 2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2322 | |
Steve Naroff | 14108da | 2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2323 | return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found) |
Anders Carlsson | 8f28f99 | 2009-08-26 18:25:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2324 | << MemberName << BaseType); |
Steve Naroff | 14108da | 2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2325 | } |
Chris Lattner | a38e6b1 | 2008-07-21 04:59:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2326 | // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a |
| 2327 | // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type. |
Steve Naroff | 14108da | 2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2328 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT; |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2329 | if (OpKind == tok::period && |
Steve Naroff | 14108da | 2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2330 | (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) { |
| 2331 | const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType(); |
| 2332 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl(); |
Anders Carlsson | 8f28f99 | 2009-08-26 18:25:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2333 | IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo(); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2334 | |
Daniel Dunbar | 2307d31 | 2008-09-03 01:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2335 | // Search for a declared property first. |
Anders Carlsson | 8f28f99 | 2009-08-26 18:25:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2336 | if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) { |
Douglas Gregor | 48f3bb9 | 2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2337 | // Check whether we can reference this property. |
| 2338 | if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc)) |
| 2339 | return ExprError(); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 4c2743f | 2009-05-08 19:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2340 | QualType ResTy = PD->getType(); |
Anders Carlsson | 8f28f99 | 2009-08-26 18:25:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2341 | Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 17945a0 | 2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2342 | ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel); |
Fariborz Jahanian | c001e89 | 2009-05-08 20:20:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2343 | if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc)) |
| 2344 | ResTy = Getter->getResultType(); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 4c2743f | 2009-05-08 19:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2345 | return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy, |
Chris Lattner | 7eba82e | 2009-02-16 18:35:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2346 | MemberLoc, BaseExpr)); |
| 2347 | } |
Daniel Dunbar | 2307d31 | 2008-09-03 01:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2348 | // Check protocols on qualified interfaces. |
Steve Naroff | 67ef8ea | 2009-07-20 17:56:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2349 | for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), |
| 2350 | E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) |
Anders Carlsson | 8f28f99 | 2009-08-26 18:25:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2351 | if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) { |
Douglas Gregor | 48f3bb9 | 2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2352 | // Check whether we can reference this property. |
| 2353 | if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc)) |
| 2354 | return ExprError(); |
Chris Lattner | 7eba82e | 2009-02-16 18:35:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2355 | |
Steve Naroff | 6ece14c | 2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2356 | return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(), |
Chris Lattner | 7eba82e | 2009-02-16 18:35:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2357 | MemberLoc, BaseExpr)); |
| 2358 | } |
Daniel Dunbar | 2307d31 | 2008-09-03 01:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2359 | // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary |
| 2360 | // selector is implemented. |
| 2361 | |
| 2362 | // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be |
| 2363 | // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage. |
| 2364 | |
Anders Carlsson | 8f28f99 | 2009-08-26 18:25:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2365 | Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 17945a0 | 2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2366 | ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel); |
Sebastian Redl | 0eb2330 | 2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2367 | |
Daniel Dunbar | 2307d31 | 2008-09-03 01:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2368 | // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods. |
| 2369 | if (!Getter) |
Steve Naroff | d789d3d | 2009-10-01 23:46:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2370 | Getter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Sel); |
Daniel Dunbar | 2307d31 | 2008-09-03 01:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2371 | |
Steve Naroff | 7692ed6 | 2008-10-22 19:16:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2372 | // Look through local category implementations associated with the class. |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 1cb35dd | 2009-07-21 00:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2373 | if (!Getter) |
| 2374 | Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel); |
Daniel Dunbar | 2307d31 | 2008-09-03 01:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2375 | if (Getter) { |
Douglas Gregor | 48f3bb9 | 2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2376 | // Check if we can reference this property. |
| 2377 | if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc)) |
| 2378 | return ExprError(); |
Steve Naroff | 1ca6694 | 2009-03-11 13:48:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2379 | } |
| 2380 | // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we |
| 2381 | // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed. |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2382 | Selector SetterSel = |
| 2383 | SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(), |
Anders Carlsson | 8f28f99 | 2009-08-26 18:25:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2384 | PP.getSelectorTable(), Member); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 17945a0 | 2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2385 | ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel); |
Steve Naroff | 1ca6694 | 2009-03-11 13:48:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2386 | if (!Setter) { |
| 2387 | // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private' |
| 2388 | // methods. |
Steve Naroff | d789d3d | 2009-10-01 23:46:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2389 | Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel); |
Steve Naroff | 1ca6694 | 2009-03-11 13:48:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2390 | } |
| 2391 | // Look through local category implementations associated with the class. |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 1cb35dd | 2009-07-21 00:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2392 | if (!Setter) |
| 2393 | Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel); |
Sebastian Redl | 0eb2330 | 2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2394 | |
Steve Naroff | 1ca6694 | 2009-03-11 13:48:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2395 | if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc)) |
| 2396 | return ExprError(); |
| 2397 | |
| 2398 | if (Getter || Setter) { |
| 2399 | QualType PType; |
| 2400 | |
| 2401 | if (Getter) |
| 2402 | PType = Getter->getResultType(); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 154440e | 2009-08-18 20:50:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2403 | else |
| 2404 | // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter. |
| 2405 | PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType(); |
Steve Naroff | 1ca6694 | 2009-03-11 13:48:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2406 | // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type. |
Fariborz Jahanian | 09105f5 | 2009-08-20 17:02:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2407 | return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, PType, |
Steve Naroff | 1ca6694 | 2009-03-11 13:48:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2408 | Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr)); |
| 2409 | } |
Sebastian Redl | 0eb2330 | 2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2410 | return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found) |
Anders Carlsson | 8f28f99 | 2009-08-26 18:25:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2411 | << MemberName << BaseType); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 232220c | 2007-11-12 22:29:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2412 | } |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2413 | |
Steve Naroff | f242b1b | 2009-07-24 17:54:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2414 | // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa. |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2415 | if (OpKind == tok::period && |
Steve Naroff | f242b1b | 2009-07-24 17:54:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2416 | BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) && |
Anders Carlsson | 8f28f99 | 2009-08-26 18:25:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2417 | MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa")) |
Steve Naroff | f242b1b | 2009-07-24 17:54:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2418 | return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc, |
| 2419 | Context.getObjCIdType())); |
| 2420 | |
Chris Lattner | fb173ec | 2008-07-21 04:28:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2421 | // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'. |
Chris Lattner | 73525de | 2009-02-16 21:11:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2422 | if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) { |
Anders Carlsson | 8f28f99 | 2009-08-26 18:25:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2423 | IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo(); |
Chris Lattner | fb173ec | 2008-07-21 04:28:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2424 | QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc); |
| 2425 | if (ret.isNull()) |
Sebastian Redl | 0eb2330 | 2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2426 | return ExprError(); |
Anders Carlsson | 8f28f99 | 2009-08-26 18:25:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2427 | return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member, |
Steve Naroff | 6ece14c | 2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2428 | MemberLoc)); |
Chris Lattner | fb173ec | 2008-07-21 04:28:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2429 | } |
Sebastian Redl | 0eb2330 | 2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2430 | |
Douglas Gregor | 214f31a | 2009-03-27 06:00:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2431 | Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union) |
| 2432 | << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange(); |
| 2433 | |
Douglas Gregor | 214f31a | 2009-03-27 06:00:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2434 | return ExprError(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2435 | } |
| 2436 | |
Douglas Gregor | 2d1c214 | 2009-11-03 19:44:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2437 | Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, |
| 2438 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 2439 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
| 2440 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 2441 | UnqualifiedId &Member, |
| 2442 | DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl, |
| 2443 | bool HasTrailingLParen) { |
| 2444 | if (Member.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { |
| 2445 | TemplateName Template |
| 2446 | = TemplateName::getFromVoidPointer(Member.TemplateId->Template); |
| 2447 | |
| 2448 | // FIXME: We're going to end up looking up the template based on its name, |
| 2449 | // twice! |
| 2450 | DeclarationName Name; |
| 2451 | if (TemplateDecl *ActualTemplate = Template.getAsTemplateDecl()) |
| 2452 | Name = ActualTemplate->getDeclName(); |
| 2453 | else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = Template.getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl()) |
| 2454 | Name = Ovl->getDeclName(); |
Douglas Gregor | ca1bdd7 | 2009-11-04 00:56:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2455 | else { |
| 2456 | DependentTemplateName *DTN = Template.getAsDependentTemplateName(); |
| 2457 | if (DTN->isIdentifier()) |
| 2458 | Name = DTN->getIdentifier(); |
| 2459 | else |
| 2460 | Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator()); |
| 2461 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 2d1c214 | 2009-11-03 19:44:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2462 | |
| 2463 | // Translate the parser's template argument list in our AST format. |
| 2464 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this, |
| 2465 | Member.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), |
Douglas Gregor | 2d1c214 | 2009-11-03 19:44:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2466 | Member.TemplateId->NumArgs); |
| 2467 | |
John McCall | d5532b6 | 2009-11-23 01:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2468 | TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; |
| 2469 | TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(Member.TemplateId->LAngleLoc); |
| 2470 | TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(Member.TemplateId->RAngleLoc); |
| 2471 | translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, TemplateArgs); |
Douglas Gregor | 2d1c214 | 2009-11-03 19:44:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2472 | TemplateArgsPtr.release(); |
| 2473 | |
| 2474 | // Do we have the save the actual template name? We might need it... |
| 2475 | return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(S, move(Base), OpLoc, OpKind, |
| 2476 | Member.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc, |
John McCall | d5532b6 | 2009-11-23 01:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2477 | Name, &TemplateArgs, DeclPtrTy(), |
Douglas Gregor | 2d1c214 | 2009-11-03 19:44:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2478 | &SS); |
| 2479 | } |
| 2480 | |
| 2481 | // FIXME: We lose a lot of source information by mapping directly to the |
| 2482 | // DeclarationName. |
| 2483 | OwningExprResult Result |
| 2484 | = BuildMemberReferenceExpr(S, move(Base), OpLoc, OpKind, |
| 2485 | Member.getSourceRange().getBegin(), |
| 2486 | GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Member), |
| 2487 | ObjCImpDecl, &SS); |
| 2488 | |
| 2489 | if (Result.isInvalid() || HasTrailingLParen || |
| 2490 | Member.getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName) |
| 2491 | return move(Result); |
| 2492 | |
| 2493 | // The only way a reference to a destructor can be used is to |
| 2494 | // immediately call them. Since the next token is not a '(', produce a |
| 2495 | // diagnostic and build the call now. |
| 2496 | Expr *E = (Expr *)Result.get(); |
| 2497 | SourceLocation ExpectedLParenLoc |
| 2498 | = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(Member.getSourceRange().getEnd()); |
| 2499 | Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call) |
| 2500 | << isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(E) |
| 2501 | << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ExpectedLParenLoc, "()"); |
| 2502 | |
| 2503 | return ActOnCallExpr(0, move(Result), ExpectedLParenLoc, |
| 2504 | MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, ExpectedLParenLoc); |
Anders Carlsson | 8f28f99 | 2009-08-26 18:25:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2505 | } |
| 2506 | |
Anders Carlsson | 56c5e33 | 2009-08-25 03:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2507 | Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, |
| 2508 | FunctionDecl *FD, |
| 2509 | ParmVarDecl *Param) { |
| 2510 | if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) { |
| 2511 | Diag (CallLoc, |
| 2512 | diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) << |
| 2513 | FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName(); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2514 | Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param], |
Anders Carlsson | 56c5e33 | 2009-08-25 03:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2515 | diag::note_default_argument_declared_here); |
| 2516 | } else { |
| 2517 | if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) { |
| 2518 | Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg(); |
| 2519 | |
| 2520 | // Instantiate the expression. |
Douglas Gregor | d6350ae | 2009-08-28 20:31:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2521 | MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD); |
Anders Carlsson | 25cae7f | 2009-09-05 05:14:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2522 | |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2523 | InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param, |
| 2524 | ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(), |
Douglas Gregor | d6350ae | 2009-08-28 20:31:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2525 | ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size()); |
Anders Carlsson | 56c5e33 | 2009-08-25 03:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2526 | |
John McCall | ce3ff2b | 2009-08-25 22:02:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2527 | OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2528 | if (Result.isInvalid()) |
Anders Carlsson | 56c5e33 | 2009-08-25 03:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2529 | return ExprError(); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2530 | |
| 2531 | if (SetParamDefaultArgument(Param, move(Result), |
Anders Carlsson | 56c5e33 | 2009-08-25 03:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2532 | /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/ |
| 2533 | UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin())) |
| 2534 | return ExprError(); |
| 2535 | } |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2536 | |
Anders Carlsson | 56c5e33 | 2009-08-25 03:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2537 | Expr *DefaultExpr = Param->getDefaultArg(); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2538 | |
Anders Carlsson | 56c5e33 | 2009-08-25 03:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2539 | // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to |
| 2540 | // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll |
| 2541 | // be properly destroyed. |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2542 | if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E |
Anders Carlsson | 56c5e33 | 2009-08-25 03:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2543 | = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) { |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2544 | assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() && |
Anders Carlsson | 56c5e33 | 2009-08-25 03:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2545 | "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!"); |
| 2546 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I) |
| 2547 | ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I)); |
| 2548 | } |
| 2549 | } |
| 2550 | |
| 2551 | // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works. |
| 2552 | return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, Param)); |
| 2553 | } |
| 2554 | |
Douglas Gregor | 88a3514 | 2008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2555 | /// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in |
| 2556 | /// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with |
| 2557 | /// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and |
| 2558 | /// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this |
| 2559 | /// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns |
| 2560 | /// true if the call is ill-formed. |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2561 | bool |
| 2562 | Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, |
Douglas Gregor | 88a3514 | 2008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2563 | FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
Douglas Gregor | 72564e7 | 2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2564 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
Douglas Gregor | 88a3514 | 2008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2565 | Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, |
| 2566 | SourceLocation RParenLoc) { |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2567 | // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by |
Douglas Gregor | 88a3514 | 2008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2568 | // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ... |
| 2569 | unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs(); |
| 2570 | unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs; |
Douglas Gregor | 3fd56d7 | 2009-01-23 21:30:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2571 | bool Invalid = false; |
| 2572 | |
Douglas Gregor | 88a3514 | 2008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2573 | // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default |
| 2574 | // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call. |
| 2575 | if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) { |
| 2576 | if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments()) |
| 2577 | return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args) |
| 2578 | << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange(); |
| 2579 | // Use default arguments for missing arguments |
| 2580 | NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto; |
Ted Kremenek | 8189cde | 2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2581 | Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto); |
Douglas Gregor | 88a3514 | 2008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2582 | } |
| 2583 | |
| 2584 | // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop |
| 2585 | // them. |
| 2586 | if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) { |
| 2587 | if (!Proto->isVariadic()) { |
| 2588 | Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(), |
| 2589 | diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args) |
| 2590 | << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange() |
| 2591 | << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(), |
| 2592 | Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()); |
| 2593 | // This deletes the extra arguments. |
Ted Kremenek | 8189cde | 2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2594 | Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto); |
Douglas Gregor | 3fd56d7 | 2009-01-23 21:30:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2595 | Invalid = true; |
Douglas Gregor | 88a3514 | 2008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2596 | } |
| 2597 | NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto; |
| 2598 | } |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2599 | |
Douglas Gregor | 88a3514 | 2008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2600 | // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args). |
| 2601 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) { |
| 2602 | QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2603 | |
Douglas Gregor | 88a3514 | 2008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2604 | Expr *Arg; |
Douglas Gregor | 61366e9 | 2008-12-24 00:01:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2605 | if (i < NumArgs) { |
Douglas Gregor | 88a3514 | 2008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2606 | Arg = Args[i]; |
Douglas Gregor | 61366e9 | 2008-12-24 00:01:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2607 | |
Eli Friedman | e7c6f7a | 2009-03-22 22:00:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2608 | if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(), |
| 2609 | ProtoArgType, |
Anders Carlsson | b790661 | 2009-08-26 23:45:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2610 | PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument) |
| 2611 | << Arg->getSourceRange())) |
Eli Friedman | e7c6f7a | 2009-03-22 22:00:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2612 | return true; |
| 2613 | |
Douglas Gregor | 61366e9 | 2008-12-24 00:01:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2614 | // Pass the argument. |
| 2615 | if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing")) |
| 2616 | return true; |
Anders Carlsson | 03d8ed4 | 2009-11-13 04:34:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2617 | |
Anders Carlsson | 4b3cbea | 2009-11-13 17:04:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2618 | if (!ProtoArgType->isReferenceType()) |
| 2619 | Arg = MaybeBindToTemporary(Arg).takeAs<Expr>(); |
Anders Carlsson | 5e300d1 | 2009-06-12 16:51:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2620 | } else { |
Anders Carlsson | ed961f9 | 2009-08-25 02:29:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2621 | ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2622 | |
| 2623 | OwningExprResult ArgExpr = |
Anders Carlsson | 56c5e33 | 2009-08-25 03:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2624 | BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(), |
| 2625 | FDecl, Param); |
| 2626 | if (ArgExpr.isInvalid()) |
| 2627 | return true; |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2628 | |
Anders Carlsson | 56c5e33 | 2009-08-25 03:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2629 | Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>(); |
Anders Carlsson | 5e300d1 | 2009-06-12 16:51:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2630 | } |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2631 | |
Douglas Gregor | 88a3514 | 2008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2632 | Call->setArg(i, Arg); |
| 2633 | } |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2634 | |
Douglas Gregor | 88a3514 | 2008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2635 | // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...". |
| 2636 | if (Proto->isVariadic()) { |
Anders Carlsson | dce5e2c | 2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2637 | VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction; |
| 2638 | if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) |
| 2639 | CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block |
| 2640 | else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn)) |
| 2641 | CallType = VariadicMethod; |
| 2642 | |
Douglas Gregor | 88a3514 | 2008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2643 | // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7). |
Eli Friedman | 3e42ffd | 2009-11-14 04:43:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2644 | for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i < NumArgs; i++) { |
Douglas Gregor | 88a3514 | 2008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2645 | Expr *Arg = Args[i]; |
Chris Lattner | 312531a | 2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2646 | Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType); |
Douglas Gregor | 88a3514 | 2008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2647 | Call->setArg(i, Arg); |
| 2648 | } |
| 2649 | } |
| 2650 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3fd56d7 | 2009-01-23 21:30:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2651 | return Invalid; |
Douglas Gregor | 88a3514 | 2008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2652 | } |
| 2653 | |
Douglas Gregor | 9c6a0e9 | 2009-09-22 15:41:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2654 | /// \brief "Deconstruct" the function argument of a call expression to find |
| 2655 | /// the underlying declaration (if any), the name of the called function, |
| 2656 | /// whether argument-dependent lookup is available, whether it has explicit |
| 2657 | /// template arguments, etc. |
| 2658 | void Sema::DeconstructCallFunction(Expr *FnExpr, |
John McCall | ba13543 | 2009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2659 | llvm::SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl*> &Fns, |
Douglas Gregor | 9c6a0e9 | 2009-09-22 15:41:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2660 | DeclarationName &Name, |
| 2661 | NestedNameSpecifier *&Qualifier, |
| 2662 | SourceRange &QualifierRange, |
| 2663 | bool &ArgumentDependentLookup, |
John McCall | 7453ed4 | 2009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2664 | bool &Overloaded, |
Douglas Gregor | 9c6a0e9 | 2009-09-22 15:41:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2665 | bool &HasExplicitTemplateArguments, |
John McCall | d5532b6 | 2009-11-23 01:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2666 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs) { |
Douglas Gregor | 9c6a0e9 | 2009-09-22 15:41:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2667 | // Set defaults for all of the output parameters. |
Douglas Gregor | 9c6a0e9 | 2009-09-22 15:41:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2668 | Name = DeclarationName(); |
| 2669 | Qualifier = 0; |
| 2670 | QualifierRange = SourceRange(); |
| 2671 | ArgumentDependentLookup = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; |
John McCall | 7453ed4 | 2009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2672 | Overloaded = false; |
Douglas Gregor | 9c6a0e9 | 2009-09-22 15:41:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2673 | HasExplicitTemplateArguments = false; |
John McCall | 7453ed4 | 2009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2674 | |
| 2675 | // Most of the explicit tracking of ArgumentDependentLookup in this |
| 2676 | // function can disappear when we handle unresolved |
| 2677 | // TemplateIdRefExprs properly. |
Douglas Gregor | 9c6a0e9 | 2009-09-22 15:41:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2678 | |
| 2679 | // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration. |
| 2680 | // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent |
| 2681 | // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments. |
| 2682 | while (true) { |
| 2683 | if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr)) |
| 2684 | FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr(); |
| 2685 | else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) { |
| 2686 | // Parentheses around a function disable ADL |
| 2687 | // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1). |
| 2688 | ArgumentDependentLookup = false; |
| 2689 | FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr(); |
| 2690 | } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) && |
| 2691 | cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode() |
| 2692 | == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) { |
| 2693 | FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr(); |
Douglas Gregor | 9c6a0e9 | 2009-09-22 15:41:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2694 | } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) { |
John McCall | ba13543 | 2009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2695 | Fns.push_back(cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl())); |
| 2696 | ArgumentDependentLookup = false; |
| 2697 | if ((Qualifier = DRExpr->getQualifier())) |
Douglas Gregor | a2813ce | 2009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2698 | QualifierRange = DRExpr->getQualifierRange(); |
Douglas Gregor | 9c6a0e9 | 2009-09-22 15:41:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2699 | break; |
John McCall | ba13543 | 2009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2700 | } else if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *UnresLookup |
| 2701 | = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(FnExpr)) { |
| 2702 | Name = UnresLookup->getName(); |
| 2703 | Fns.append(UnresLookup->decls_begin(), UnresLookup->decls_end()); |
| 2704 | ArgumentDependentLookup = UnresLookup->requiresADL(); |
John McCall | 7453ed4 | 2009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2705 | Overloaded = UnresLookup->isOverloaded(); |
John McCall | ba13543 | 2009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2706 | if ((Qualifier = UnresLookup->getQualifier())) |
| 2707 | QualifierRange = UnresLookup->getQualifierRange(); |
Douglas Gregor | 9c6a0e9 | 2009-09-22 15:41:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2708 | break; |
| 2709 | } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TemplateIdRef |
| 2710 | = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(FnExpr)) { |
John McCall | ba13543 | 2009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2711 | if (NamedDecl *Function |
John McCall | 7453ed4 | 2009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2712 | = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl()) { |
| 2713 | Name = Function->getDeclName(); |
John McCall | ba13543 | 2009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2714 | Fns.push_back(Function); |
John McCall | 7453ed4 | 2009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2715 | } |
John McCall | ba13543 | 2009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2716 | else { |
| 2717 | OverloadedFunctionDecl *Overload |
| 2718 | = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl(); |
John McCall | 7453ed4 | 2009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2719 | Name = Overload->getDeclName(); |
John McCall | ba13543 | 2009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2720 | Fns.append(Overload->function_begin(), Overload->function_end()); |
| 2721 | } |
John McCall | 7453ed4 | 2009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2722 | Overloaded = true; |
Douglas Gregor | 9c6a0e9 | 2009-09-22 15:41:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2723 | HasExplicitTemplateArguments = true; |
John McCall | d5532b6 | 2009-11-23 01:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2724 | TemplateIdRef->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(ExplicitTemplateArgs); |
Douglas Gregor | 9c6a0e9 | 2009-09-22 15:41:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2725 | |
| 2726 | // C++ [temp.arg.explicit]p6: |
| 2727 | // [Note: For simple function names, argument dependent lookup (3.4.2) |
| 2728 | // applies even when the function name is not visible within the |
| 2729 | // scope of the call. This is because the call still has the syntactic |
| 2730 | // form of a function call (3.4.1). But when a function template with |
| 2731 | // explicit template arguments is used, the call does not have the |
| 2732 | // correct syntactic form unless there is a function template with |
| 2733 | // that name visible at the point of the call. If no such name is |
| 2734 | // visible, the call is not syntactically well-formed and |
| 2735 | // argument-dependent lookup does not apply. If some such name is |
| 2736 | // visible, argument dependent lookup applies and additional function |
| 2737 | // templates may be found in other namespaces. |
| 2738 | // |
| 2739 | // The summary of this paragraph is that, if we get to this point and the |
| 2740 | // template-id was not a qualified name, then argument-dependent lookup |
| 2741 | // is still possible. |
| 2742 | if ((Qualifier = TemplateIdRef->getQualifier())) { |
| 2743 | ArgumentDependentLookup = false; |
| 2744 | QualifierRange = TemplateIdRef->getQualifierRange(); |
| 2745 | } |
| 2746 | break; |
| 2747 | } else { |
| 2748 | // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or |
| 2749 | // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3). |
| 2750 | ArgumentDependentLookup = false; |
| 2751 | break; |
| 2752 | } |
| 2753 | } |
| 2754 | } |
| 2755 | |
Steve Naroff | f69936d | 2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2756 | /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2757 | /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma |
| 2758 | /// locations. |
Sebastian Redl | 0eb2330 | 2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2759 | Action::OwningExprResult |
| 2760 | Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 2761 | MultiExprArg args, |
Douglas Gregor | 88a3514 | 2008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2762 | SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) { |
Sebastian Redl | 0eb2330 | 2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2763 | unsigned NumArgs = args.size(); |
Nate Begeman | 2ef13e5 | 2009-08-10 23:49:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2764 | |
| 2765 | // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs. |
| 2766 | fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn)); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2767 | |
Anders Carlsson | f1b1d59 | 2009-05-01 19:30:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2768 | Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>(); |
Sebastian Redl | 0eb2330 | 2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2769 | Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release()); |
Chris Lattner | 74c469f | 2007-07-21 03:03:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2770 | assert(Fn && "no function call expression"); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2771 | |
Douglas Gregor | 88a3514 | 2008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2772 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
Douglas Gregor | a71d819 | 2009-09-04 17:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2773 | // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately. |
| 2774 | if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) { |
| 2775 | if (NumArgs > 0) { |
| 2776 | // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments. |
| 2777 | Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args) |
| 2778 | << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval( |
| 2779 | SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(), |
| 2780 | Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd())); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2781 | |
Douglas Gregor | a71d819 | 2009-09-04 17:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2782 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) |
| 2783 | Args[I]->Destroy(Context); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2784 | |
Douglas Gregor | a71d819 | 2009-09-04 17:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2785 | NumArgs = 0; |
| 2786 | } |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2787 | |
Douglas Gregor | a71d819 | 2009-09-04 17:36:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2788 | return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy, |
| 2789 | RParenLoc)); |
| 2790 | } |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2791 | |
Douglas Gregor | 1733001 | 2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2792 | // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template, |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2793 | // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now. |
Mike Stump | 390b4cc | 2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2794 | // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in |
| 2795 | // Fn. |
Douglas Gregor | 1733001 | 2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2796 | bool Dependent = false; |
| 2797 | if (Fn->isTypeDependent()) |
| 2798 | Dependent = true; |
| 2799 | else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs)) |
| 2800 | Dependent = true; |
| 2801 | |
| 2802 | if (Dependent) |
Ted Kremenek | 668bf91 | 2009-02-09 20:51:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2803 | return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs, |
Douglas Gregor | 1733001 | 2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2804 | Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc)); |
| 2805 | |
| 2806 | // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]). |
| 2807 | if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType()) |
| 2808 | return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, |
| 2809 | CommaLocs, RParenLoc)); |
| 2810 | |
Douglas Gregor | fa04764 | 2009-02-04 00:32:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2811 | // Determine whether this is a call to a member function. |
Douglas Gregor | e53060f | 2009-06-25 22:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2812 | if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) { |
| 2813 | NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl(); |
| 2814 | if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemDecl) || |
| 2815 | isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl) || |
| 2816 | (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl) && |
| 2817 | isa<CXXMethodDecl>( |
| 2818 | cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl)->getTemplatedDecl()))) |
Sebastian Redl | 0eb2330 | 2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2819 | return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, |
| 2820 | CommaLocs, RParenLoc)); |
Douglas Gregor | e53060f | 2009-06-25 22:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2821 | } |
Anders Carlsson | 83ccfc3 | 2009-10-03 17:40:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2822 | |
| 2823 | // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function. |
| 2824 | if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) { |
| 2825 | if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD || |
| 2826 | BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) { |
Fariborz Jahanian | 5de2450 | 2009-10-28 16:49:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2827 | if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = |
| 2828 | dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType())) { |
| 2829 | QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType(); |
Anders Carlsson | 83ccfc3 | 2009-10-03 17:40:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2830 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | 5de2450 | 2009-10-28 16:49:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2831 | ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr> |
| 2832 | TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args, |
| 2833 | NumArgs, ResultTy, |
| 2834 | RParenLoc)); |
Anders Carlsson | 83ccfc3 | 2009-10-03 17:40:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2835 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | 5de2450 | 2009-10-28 16:49:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2836 | if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(), |
| 2837 | BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(), |
| 2838 | TheCall.get(), 0)) |
| 2839 | return ExprError(); |
Anders Carlsson | 8d6d90d | 2009-10-15 00:41:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2840 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | 5de2450 | 2009-10-28 16:49:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2841 | if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs, |
| 2842 | RParenLoc)) |
| 2843 | return ExprError(); |
Anders Carlsson | 83ccfc3 | 2009-10-03 17:40:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2844 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | 5de2450 | 2009-10-28 16:49:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2845 | return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release()); |
| 2846 | } |
| 2847 | return ExprError(Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), |
| 2848 | diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function) |
| 2849 | << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange()); |
Anders Carlsson | 83ccfc3 | 2009-10-03 17:40:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2850 | } |
| 2851 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 88a3514 | 2008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2852 | } |
| 2853 | |
Douglas Gregor | fa04764 | 2009-02-04 00:32:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2854 | // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration. |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2855 | // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent |
Douglas Gregor | 6db8ed4 | 2009-06-30 23:57:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2856 | // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments. |
John McCall | ba13543 | 2009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2857 | llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*,8> Fns; |
| 2858 | DeclarationName UnqualifiedName; |
John McCall | 7453ed4 | 2009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2859 | bool Overloaded; |
| 2860 | bool ADL; |
Douglas Gregor | 6db8ed4 | 2009-06-30 23:57:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2861 | bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = 0; |
John McCall | d5532b6 | 2009-11-23 01:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2862 | TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitTemplateArgs; |
Douglas Gregor | 9c6a0e9 | 2009-09-22 15:41:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2863 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0; |
| 2864 | SourceRange QualifierRange; |
John McCall | ba13543 | 2009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2865 | DeconstructCallFunction(Fn, Fns, UnqualifiedName, Qualifier, QualifierRange, |
John McCall | 7453ed4 | 2009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2866 | ADL, Overloaded, HasExplicitTemplateArgs, |
John McCall | d5532b6 | 2009-11-23 01:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2867 | ExplicitTemplateArgs); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2868 | |
John McCall | 7453ed4 | 2009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2869 | NamedDecl *NDecl; // the specific declaration we're calling, if applicable |
| 2870 | FunctionDecl *FDecl; // same, if it's known to be a function |
John McCall | ba13543 | 2009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2871 | |
John McCall | 7453ed4 | 2009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2872 | if (Overloaded || ADL) { |
| 2873 | #ifndef NDEBUG |
| 2874 | if (ADL) { |
| 2875 | // To do ADL, we must have found an unqualified name. |
| 2876 | assert(UnqualifiedName && "found no unqualified name for ADL"); |
| 2877 | |
| 2878 | // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins. |
| 2879 | // Verify that this was correctly set up. |
| 2880 | if (Fns.size() == 1 && (FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Fns[0])) && |
| 2881 | FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit()) |
| 2882 | assert(0 && "performing ADL for builtin"); |
| 2883 | |
| 2884 | // We don't perform ADL in C. |
| 2885 | assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "ADL enabled in C"); |
| 2886 | } |
| 2887 | |
| 2888 | if (Overloaded) { |
| 2889 | // To be overloaded, we must either have multiple functions or |
| 2890 | // at least one function template (which is effectively an |
| 2891 | // infinite set of functions). |
| 2892 | assert((Fns.size() > 1 || |
| 2893 | (Fns.size() == 1 && |
| 2894 | isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Fns[0]->getUnderlyingDecl()))) |
| 2895 | && "unrecognized overload situation"); |
| 2896 | } |
| 2897 | #endif |
| 2898 | |
| 2899 | FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, Fns, UnqualifiedName, |
John McCall | d5532b6 | 2009-11-23 01:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2900 | (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &ExplicitTemplateArgs : 0), |
John McCall | 7453ed4 | 2009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2901 | LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, CommaLocs, |
| 2902 | RParenLoc, ADL); |
| 2903 | if (!FDecl) |
| 2904 | return ExprError(); |
| 2905 | |
| 2906 | Fn = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Fn, FDecl); |
| 2907 | |
| 2908 | NDecl = FDecl; |
| 2909 | } else { |
| 2910 | assert(Fns.size() <= 1 && "overloaded without Overloaded flag"); |
| 2911 | if (Fns.empty()) |
| 2912 | NDecl = FDecl = 0; |
| 2913 | else { |
| 2914 | NDecl = Fns[0]; |
Douglas Gregor | edce4dd | 2009-06-30 22:34:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2915 | FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl); |
Douglas Gregor | fa04764 | 2009-02-04 00:32:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2916 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2917 | } |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2918 | |
| 2919 | // Promote the function operand. |
| 2920 | UsualUnaryConversions(Fn); |
| 2921 | |
Chris Lattner | 925e60d | 2007-12-28 05:29:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2922 | // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup |
| 2923 | // of arguments and function on error. |
Ted Kremenek | 668bf91 | 2009-02-09 20:51:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2924 | ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, |
| 2925 | Args, NumArgs, |
| 2926 | Context.BoolTy, |
| 2927 | RParenLoc)); |
Sebastian Redl | 0eb2330 | 2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2928 | |
Steve Naroff | dd972f2 | 2008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2929 | const FunctionType *FuncT; |
| 2930 | if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) { |
| 2931 | // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall |
| 2932 | // have type pointer to function". |
Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2933 | const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>(); |
Steve Naroff | dd972f2 | 2008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2934 | if (PT == 0) |
Sebastian Redl | 0eb2330 | 2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2935 | return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function) |
| 2936 | << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange()); |
John McCall | 183700f | 2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2937 | FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); |
Steve Naroff | dd972f2 | 2008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2938 | } else { // This is a block call. |
Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2939 | FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()-> |
John McCall | 183700f | 2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2940 | getAs<FunctionType>(); |
Steve Naroff | dd972f2 | 2008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2941 | } |
Chris Lattner | 925e60d | 2007-12-28 05:29:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2942 | if (FuncT == 0) |
Sebastian Redl | 0eb2330 | 2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2943 | return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function) |
| 2944 | << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange()); |
| 2945 | |
Eli Friedman | e7c6f7a | 2009-03-22 22:00:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2946 | // Check for a valid return type |
Anders Carlsson | 8c8d919 | 2009-10-09 23:51:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2947 | if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(), |
| 2948 | Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(), |
| 2949 | FDecl)) |
Eli Friedman | e7c6f7a | 2009-03-22 22:00:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2950 | return ExprError(); |
| 2951 | |
Chris Lattner | 925e60d | 2007-12-28 05:29:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2952 | // We know the result type of the call, set it. |
Douglas Gregor | 15da57e | 2008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2953 | TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType()); |
Sebastian Redl | 0eb2330 | 2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2954 | |
Douglas Gregor | 72564e7 | 2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2955 | if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) { |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2956 | if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs, |
Douglas Gregor | 88a3514 | 2008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2957 | RParenLoc)) |
Sebastian Redl | 0eb2330 | 2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2958 | return ExprError(); |
Chris Lattner | 925e60d | 2007-12-28 05:29:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2959 | } else { |
Douglas Gregor | 72564e7 | 2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2960 | assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!"); |
Sebastian Redl | 0eb2330 | 2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2961 | |
Douglas Gregor | 74734d5 | 2009-04-02 15:37:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2962 | if (FDecl) { |
| 2963 | // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based |
| 2964 | // on our knowledge of the function definition. |
| 2965 | const FunctionDecl *Def = 0; |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 6fb0aee | 2009-06-30 02:35:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2966 | if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) { |
Eli Friedman | bc4e29f | 2009-06-01 09:24:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2967 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto = |
John McCall | 183700f | 2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2968 | Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
Eli Friedman | bc4e29f | 2009-06-01 09:24:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2969 | if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) { |
| 2970 | Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments) |
| 2971 | << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange(); |
| 2972 | } |
| 2973 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 74734d5 | 2009-04-02 15:37:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2974 | } |
| 2975 | |
Steve Naroff | b291ab6 | 2007-08-28 23:30:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2976 | // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6). |
Chris Lattner | 925e60d | 2007-12-28 05:29:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2977 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) { |
| 2978 | Expr *Arg = Args[i]; |
| 2979 | DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg); |
Eli Friedman | e7c6f7a | 2009-03-22 22:00:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2980 | if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(), |
| 2981 | Arg->getType(), |
Anders Carlsson | b790661 | 2009-08-26 23:45:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2982 | PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument) |
| 2983 | << Arg->getSourceRange())) |
Eli Friedman | e7c6f7a | 2009-03-22 22:00:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2984 | return ExprError(); |
Chris Lattner | 925e60d | 2007-12-28 05:29:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2985 | TheCall->setArg(i, Arg); |
Steve Naroff | b291ab6 | 2007-08-28 23:30:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2986 | } |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2987 | } |
Chris Lattner | 925e60d | 2007-12-28 05:29:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2988 | |
Douglas Gregor | 88a3514 | 2008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2989 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl)) |
| 2990 | if (!Method->isStatic()) |
Sebastian Redl | 0eb2330 | 2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2991 | return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object) |
| 2992 | << Fn->getSourceRange()); |
Douglas Gregor | 88a3514 | 2008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2993 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | daf0415 | 2009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2994 | // Check for sentinels |
| 2995 | if (NDecl) |
| 2996 | DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2997 | |
Chris Lattner | 59907c4 | 2007-08-10 20:18:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2998 | // Do special checking on direct calls to functions. |
Anders Carlsson | d406bf0 | 2009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2999 | if (FDecl) { |
| 3000 | if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get())) |
| 3001 | return ExprError(); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3002 | |
Douglas Gregor | 7814e6d | 2009-09-12 00:22:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3003 | if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID()) |
Anders Carlsson | d406bf0 | 2009-08-16 01:56:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3004 | return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take()); |
| 3005 | } else if (NDecl) { |
| 3006 | if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get())) |
| 3007 | return ExprError(); |
| 3008 | } |
Chris Lattner | 59907c4 | 2007-08-10 20:18:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3009 | |
Anders Carlsson | ec74c59 | 2009-08-16 03:06:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3010 | return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take()); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3011 | } |
| 3012 | |
Sebastian Redl | b8a6aca | 2009-01-19 22:31:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3013 | Action::OwningExprResult |
| 3014 | Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty, |
| 3015 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) { |
Steve Naroff | f69936d | 2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3016 | assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type"); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | e866190 | 2009-08-19 01:28:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3017 | //FIXME: Preserve type source info. |
| 3018 | QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty); |
Steve Naroff | aff1edd | 2007-07-19 21:32:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3019 | // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out. |
Steve Naroff | f69936d | 2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3020 | //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression"); |
Sebastian Redl | b8a6aca | 2009-01-19 22:31:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3021 | Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get()); |
Anders Carlsson | d35c832 | 2007-12-05 07:24:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3022 | |
Eli Friedman | 6223c22 | 2008-05-20 05:22:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3023 | if (literalType->isArrayType()) { |
Chris Lattner | c63a1f2 | 2008-08-04 07:31:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3024 | if (literalType->isVariableArrayType()) |
Sebastian Redl | b8a6aca | 2009-01-19 22:31:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3025 | return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init) |
| 3026 | << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())); |
Douglas Gregor | 690dc7f | 2009-05-21 23:48:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3027 | } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() && |
| 3028 | RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType, |
Anders Carlsson | b790661 | 2009-08-26 23:45:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3029 | PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3030 | << SourceRange(LParenLoc, |
Anders Carlsson | b790661 | 2009-08-26 23:45:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3031 | literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()))) |
Sebastian Redl | b8a6aca | 2009-01-19 22:31:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3032 | return ExprError(); |
Eli Friedman | 6223c22 | 2008-05-20 05:22:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3033 | |
Sebastian Redl | b8a6aca | 2009-01-19 22:31:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3034 | if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc, |
Douglas Gregor | 09f41cf | 2009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3035 | DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false)) |
Sebastian Redl | b8a6aca | 2009-01-19 22:31:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3036 | return ExprError(); |
Steve Naroff | e9b1219 | 2008-01-14 18:19:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3037 | |
Chris Lattner | 371f258 | 2008-12-04 23:50:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3038 | bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0; |
Steve Naroff | e9b1219 | 2008-01-14 18:19:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3039 | if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3 |
Steve Naroff | d0091aa | 2008-01-10 22:15:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3040 | if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType)) |
Sebastian Redl | b8a6aca | 2009-01-19 22:31:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3041 | return ExprError(); |
Steve Naroff | d0091aa | 2008-01-10 22:15:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3042 | } |
Sebastian Redl | b8a6aca | 2009-01-19 22:31:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3043 | InitExpr.release(); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3044 | return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType, |
Steve Naroff | 6ece14c | 2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3045 | literalExpr, isFileScope)); |
Steve Naroff | 4aa88f8 | 2007-07-19 01:06:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3046 | } |
| 3047 | |
Sebastian Redl | b8a6aca | 2009-01-19 22:31:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3048 | Action::OwningExprResult |
| 3049 | Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist, |
Sebastian Redl | b8a6aca | 2009-01-19 22:31:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3050 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { |
| 3051 | unsigned NumInit = initlist.size(); |
| 3052 | Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release()); |
Anders Carlsson | 66b5a8a | 2007-08-31 04:56:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3053 | |
Steve Naroff | 08d92e4 | 2007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3054 | // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3055 | // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized. |
Sebastian Redl | b8a6aca | 2009-01-19 22:31:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3056 | |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3057 | InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit, |
Douglas Gregor | 4c67834 | 2009-01-28 21:54:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3058 | RBraceLoc); |
Chris Lattner | f0467b3 | 2008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3059 | E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now. |
Sebastian Redl | b8a6aca | 2009-01-19 22:31:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3060 | return Owned(E); |
Steve Naroff | 4aa88f8 | 2007-07-19 01:06:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3061 | } |
| 3062 | |
Anders Carlsson | 82debc7 | 2009-10-18 18:12:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3063 | static CastExpr::CastKind getScalarCastKind(ASTContext &Context, |
| 3064 | QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) { |
Douglas Gregor | a4923eb | 2009-11-16 21:35:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3065 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy)) |
Anders Carlsson | 82debc7 | 2009-10-18 18:12:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3066 | return CastExpr::CK_NoOp; |
| 3067 | |
| 3068 | if (SrcTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) { |
| 3069 | if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) |
| 3070 | return CastExpr::CK_BitCast; |
| 3071 | if (DestTy->isIntegerType()) |
| 3072 | return CastExpr::CK_PointerToIntegral; |
| 3073 | } |
| 3074 | |
| 3075 | if (SrcTy->isIntegerType()) { |
| 3076 | if (DestTy->isIntegerType()) |
| 3077 | return CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast; |
| 3078 | if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) |
| 3079 | return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer; |
| 3080 | if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType()) |
| 3081 | return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToFloating; |
| 3082 | } |
| 3083 | |
| 3084 | if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType()) { |
| 3085 | if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType()) |
| 3086 | return CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast; |
| 3087 | if (DestTy->isIntegerType()) |
| 3088 | return CastExpr::CK_FloatingToIntegral; |
| 3089 | } |
| 3090 | |
| 3091 | // FIXME: Assert here. |
| 3092 | // assert(false && "Unhandled cast combination!"); |
| 3093 | return CastExpr::CK_Unknown; |
| 3094 | } |
| 3095 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 6c2dc4d | 2008-08-16 20:27:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3096 | /// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types. |
Sebastian Redl | ef0cb8e | 2009-07-29 13:50:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3097 | bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr, |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3098 | CastExpr::CastKind& Kind, |
Fariborz Jahanian | e9f4208 | 2009-08-26 18:55:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3099 | CXXMethodDecl *& ConversionDecl, |
| 3100 | bool FunctionalStyle) { |
Sebastian Redl | 9cc11e7 | 2009-07-25 15:41:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3101 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
Fariborz Jahanian | e9f4208 | 2009-08-26 18:55:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3102 | return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle, |
| 3103 | ConversionDecl); |
Sebastian Redl | 9cc11e7 | 2009-07-25 15:41:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3104 | |
Eli Friedman | 199ea95 | 2009-08-15 19:02:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3105 | DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(castExpr); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 6c2dc4d | 2008-08-16 20:27:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3106 | |
| 3107 | // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression |
| 3108 | // type needs to be scalar. |
| 3109 | if (castType->isVoidType()) { |
| 3110 | // Cast to void allows any expr type. |
Anders Carlsson | ebeaf20 | 2009-10-16 02:35:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3111 | Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid; |
| 3112 | return false; |
| 3113 | } |
| 3114 | |
| 3115 | if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) { |
Douglas Gregor | a4923eb | 2009-11-16 21:35:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3116 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(castType, castExpr->getType()) && |
Seo Sanghyeon | eff2cd5 | 2009-01-15 04:51:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3117 | (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) { |
| 3118 | // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self. |
Eli Friedman | b1d796d | 2009-03-23 00:24:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3119 | // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete. |
Seo Sanghyeon | eff2cd5 | 2009-01-15 04:51:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3120 | Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar) |
| 3121 | << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange(); |
Anders Carlsson | 4d8673b | 2009-08-07 23:22:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3122 | Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp; |
Anders Carlsson | c351632 | 2009-10-16 02:48:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3123 | return false; |
| 3124 | } |
| 3125 | |
| 3126 | if (castType->isUnionType()) { |
Seo Sanghyeon | eff2cd5 | 2009-01-15 04:51:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3127 | // GCC cast to union extension |
Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3128 | RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); |
Seo Sanghyeon | eff2cd5 | 2009-01-15 04:51:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3129 | RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd; |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 17945a0 | 2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3130 | for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end(); |
Seo Sanghyeon | eff2cd5 | 2009-01-15 04:51:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3131 | Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) { |
Douglas Gregor | a4923eb | 2009-11-16 21:35:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3132 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Field->getType(), |
| 3133 | castExpr->getType())) { |
Seo Sanghyeon | eff2cd5 | 2009-01-15 04:51:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3134 | Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union) |
| 3135 | << castExpr->getSourceRange(); |
| 3136 | break; |
| 3137 | } |
| 3138 | } |
| 3139 | if (Field == FieldEnd) |
| 3140 | return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type) |
| 3141 | << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange(); |
Anders Carlsson | 4d8673b | 2009-08-07 23:22:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3142 | Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion; |
Anders Carlsson | c351632 | 2009-10-16 02:48:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3143 | return false; |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 6c2dc4d | 2008-08-16 20:27:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3144 | } |
Anders Carlsson | c351632 | 2009-10-16 02:48:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3145 | |
| 3146 | // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types. |
| 3147 | return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar) |
| 3148 | << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange(); |
| 3149 | } |
| 3150 | |
| 3151 | if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() && |
| 3152 | !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) { |
Chris Lattner | fa25bbb | 2008-11-19 05:08:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3153 | return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), |
| 3154 | diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand) |
Chris Lattner | d162584 | 2008-11-24 06:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3155 | << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange(); |
Anders Carlsson | c351632 | 2009-10-16 02:48:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3156 | } |
| 3157 | |
Anders Carlsson | 16a8904 | 2009-10-16 05:23:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3158 | if (castType->isExtVectorType()) |
| 3159 | return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind); |
| 3160 | |
Anders Carlsson | c351632 | 2009-10-16 02:48:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3161 | if (castType->isVectorType()) |
| 3162 | return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind); |
| 3163 | if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) |
| 3164 | return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind); |
| 3165 | |
| 3166 | if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) |
Steve Naroff | a0c3e9c | 2009-04-08 23:52:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3167 | return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR; |
Anders Carlsson | c351632 | 2009-10-16 02:48:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3168 | |
Anders Carlsson | 16a8904 | 2009-10-16 05:23:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3169 | if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr)) |
| 3170 | return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr); |
| 3171 | |
Anders Carlsson | c351632 | 2009-10-16 02:48:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3172 | if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) { |
Eli Friedman | 41826bb | 2009-05-01 02:23:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3173 | QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType(); |
| 3174 | if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType()) |
| 3175 | return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), |
| 3176 | diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int) |
| 3177 | << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange(); |
| 3178 | } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) { |
| 3179 | if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType()) |
| 3180 | return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), |
| 3181 | diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int) |
| 3182 | << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange(); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 6c2dc4d | 2008-08-16 20:27:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3183 | } |
Anders Carlsson | 82debc7 | 2009-10-18 18:12:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3184 | |
| 3185 | Kind = getScalarCastKind(Context, castExpr->getType(), castType); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 6c2dc4d | 2008-08-16 20:27:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3186 | return false; |
| 3187 | } |
| 3188 | |
Anders Carlsson | c351632 | 2009-10-16 02:48:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3189 | bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, |
| 3190 | CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) { |
Anders Carlsson | a64db8f | 2007-11-27 05:51:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3191 | assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!"); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3192 | |
Anders Carlsson | a64db8f | 2007-11-27 05:51:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3193 | if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) { |
Chris Lattner | 98be494 | 2008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3194 | if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty)) |
Anders Carlsson | a64db8f | 2007-11-27 05:51:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3195 | return Diag(R.getBegin(), |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3196 | Ty->isVectorType() ? |
Anders Carlsson | a64db8f | 2007-11-27 05:51:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3197 | diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors : |
Chris Lattner | fa25bbb | 2008-11-19 05:08:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3198 | diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer) |
Chris Lattner | d162584 | 2008-11-24 06:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3199 | << VectorTy << Ty << R; |
Anders Carlsson | a64db8f | 2007-11-27 05:51:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3200 | } else |
| 3201 | return Diag(R.getBegin(), |
Chris Lattner | fa25bbb | 2008-11-19 05:08:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3202 | diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar) |
Chris Lattner | d162584 | 2008-11-24 06:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3203 | << VectorTy << Ty << R; |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3204 | |
Anders Carlsson | c351632 | 2009-10-16 02:48:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3205 | Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast; |
Anders Carlsson | a64db8f | 2007-11-27 05:51:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3206 | return false; |
| 3207 | } |
| 3208 | |
Anders Carlsson | 16a8904 | 2009-10-16 05:23:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3209 | bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr, |
| 3210 | CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) { |
Nate Begeman | 58d29a4 | 2009-06-26 00:50:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3211 | assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!"); |
Anders Carlsson | 16a8904 | 2009-10-16 05:23:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3212 | |
| 3213 | QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType(); |
| 3214 | |
Nate Begeman | 9b10da6 | 2009-06-27 22:05:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3215 | // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to |
| 3216 | // an ExtVectorType. |
Nate Begeman | 58d29a4 | 2009-06-26 00:50:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3217 | if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) { |
| 3218 | if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy)) |
| 3219 | return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors) |
| 3220 | << DestTy << SrcTy << R; |
Anders Carlsson | 16a8904 | 2009-10-16 05:23:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3221 | Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast; |
Nate Begeman | 58d29a4 | 2009-06-26 00:50:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3222 | return false; |
| 3223 | } |
| 3224 | |
Nate Begeman | 1bd1f6e | 2009-06-28 02:36:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3225 | // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate |
Nate Begeman | 58d29a4 | 2009-06-26 00:50:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3226 | // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then |
| 3227 | // splat from elt type to vector. |
Nate Begeman | 1bd1f6e | 2009-06-28 02:36:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3228 | if (SrcTy->isPointerType()) |
| 3229 | return Diag(R.getBegin(), |
| 3230 | diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar) |
| 3231 | << DestTy << SrcTy << R; |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3232 | |
| 3233 | QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType(); |
| 3234 | ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestElemTy, |
| 3235 | getScalarCastKind(Context, SrcTy, DestElemTy)); |
Anders Carlsson | 16a8904 | 2009-10-16 05:23:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3236 | |
| 3237 | Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat; |
Nate Begeman | 58d29a4 | 2009-06-26 00:50:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3238 | return false; |
| 3239 | } |
| 3240 | |
Sebastian Redl | b8a6aca | 2009-01-19 22:31:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3241 | Action::OwningExprResult |
Nate Begeman | 2ef13e5 | 2009-08-10 23:49:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3242 | Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty, |
Sebastian Redl | b8a6aca | 2009-01-19 22:31:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3243 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) { |
Anders Carlsson | cdb6197 | 2009-08-07 22:21:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3244 | CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown; |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3245 | |
Sebastian Redl | b8a6aca | 2009-01-19 22:31:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3246 | assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) && |
| 3247 | "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr"); |
Steve Naroff | 16beff8 | 2007-07-16 23:25:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3248 | |
Nate Begeman | 2ef13e5 | 2009-08-10 23:49:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3249 | Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get(); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | e866190 | 2009-08-19 01:28:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3250 | //FIXME: Preserve type source info. |
| 3251 | QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3252 | |
Nate Begeman | 2ef13e5 | 2009-08-10 23:49:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3253 | // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially. |
| 3254 | if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr)) |
| 3255 | return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),castType); |
Anders Carlsson | 0aebc81 | 2009-09-09 21:33:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3256 | CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0; |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3257 | if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr, |
Anders Carlsson | 0aebc81 | 2009-09-09 21:33:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3258 | Kind, Method)) |
Sebastian Redl | b8a6aca | 2009-01-19 22:31:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3259 | return ExprError(); |
Anders Carlsson | 0aebc81 | 2009-09-09 21:33:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3260 | |
| 3261 | if (Method) { |
Daniel Dunbar | 7e88a60 | 2009-09-17 06:31:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3262 | OwningExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(LParenLoc, castType, Kind, |
Anders Carlsson | 0aebc81 | 2009-09-09 21:33:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3263 | Method, move(Op)); |
Daniel Dunbar | 7e88a60 | 2009-09-17 06:31:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3264 | |
Anders Carlsson | 0aebc81 | 2009-09-09 21:33:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3265 | if (CastArg.isInvalid()) |
| 3266 | return ExprError(); |
Daniel Dunbar | 7e88a60 | 2009-09-17 06:31:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3267 | |
Anders Carlsson | 0aebc81 | 2009-09-09 21:33:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3268 | castExpr = CastArg.takeAs<Expr>(); |
| 3269 | } else { |
| 3270 | Op.release(); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 3197659 | 2009-08-29 19:15:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3271 | } |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3272 | |
Sebastian Redl | 9cc11e7 | 2009-07-25 15:41:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3273 | return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(), |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3274 | Kind, castExpr, castType, |
Anders Carlsson | cdb6197 | 2009-08-07 22:21:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3275 | LParenLoc, RParenLoc)); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3276 | } |
| 3277 | |
Nate Begeman | 2ef13e5 | 2009-08-10 23:49:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3278 | /// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence |
| 3279 | /// of comma binary operators. |
| 3280 | Action::OwningExprResult |
| 3281 | Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) { |
| 3282 | Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>(); |
| 3283 | ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr); |
| 3284 | if (!E) |
| 3285 | return Owned(expr); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3286 | |
Nate Begeman | 2ef13e5 | 2009-08-10 23:49:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3287 | OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0)); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3288 | |
Nate Begeman | 2ef13e5 | 2009-08-10 23:49:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3289 | for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i) |
| 3290 | Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result), |
| 3291 | Owned(E->getExpr(i))); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3292 | |
Nate Begeman | 2ef13e5 | 2009-08-10 23:49:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3293 | return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result)); |
| 3294 | } |
| 3295 | |
| 3296 | Action::OwningExprResult |
| 3297 | Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 3298 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op, |
| 3299 | QualType Ty) { |
| 3300 | ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get(); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3301 | |
| 3302 | // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')' |
Nate Begeman | 2ef13e5 | 2009-08-10 23:49:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3303 | // then handle it as such. |
| 3304 | if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) { |
| 3305 | if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) { |
| 3306 | Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer); |
| 3307 | return ExprError(); |
| 3308 | } |
| 3309 | |
| 3310 | llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs; |
| 3311 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i) |
| 3312 | initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i)); |
| 3313 | |
| 3314 | // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly |
| 3315 | // braces instead of the original commas. |
| 3316 | Op.release(); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3317 | InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0], |
Nate Begeman | 2ef13e5 | 2009-08-10 23:49:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3318 | initExprs.size(), RParenLoc); |
| 3319 | E->setType(Ty); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3320 | return ActOnCompoundLiteral(LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc, |
Nate Begeman | 2ef13e5 | 2009-08-10 23:49:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3321 | Owned(E)); |
| 3322 | } else { |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3323 | // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a |
Nate Begeman | 2ef13e5 | 2009-08-10 23:49:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3324 | // sequence of BinOp comma operators. |
| 3325 | Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op)); |
| 3326 | return ActOnCastExpr(S, LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,move(Op)); |
| 3327 | } |
| 3328 | } |
| 3329 | |
| 3330 | Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, |
| 3331 | SourceLocation R, |
| 3332 | MultiExprArg Val) { |
| 3333 | unsigned nexprs = Val.size(); |
| 3334 | Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release()); |
| 3335 | assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenListExpr() missing expr list"); |
| 3336 | Expr *expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R); |
| 3337 | return Owned(expr); |
| 3338 | } |
| 3339 | |
Sebastian Redl | 2850784 | 2009-02-26 14:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3340 | /// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension. |
| 3341 | /// In that case, lhs = cond. |
Chris Lattner | a119a3b | 2009-02-18 04:38:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3342 | /// C99 6.5.15 |
| 3343 | QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS, |
| 3344 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { |
Sebastian Redl | 3201f6b | 2009-04-16 17:51:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3345 | // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker. |
| 3346 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| 3347 | return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc); |
| 3348 | |
John McCall | b13c87f | 2009-11-05 09:23:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3349 | CheckSignCompare(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_conditional); |
| 3350 | |
Chris Lattner | efdc39d | 2009-02-18 04:28:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3351 | UsualUnaryConversions(Cond); |
| 3352 | UsualUnaryConversions(LHS); |
| 3353 | UsualUnaryConversions(RHS); |
| 3354 | QualType CondTy = Cond->getType(); |
| 3355 | QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType(); |
| 3356 | QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType(); |
Steve Naroff | c80b4ee | 2007-07-16 21:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3357 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3358 | // first, check the condition. |
Sebastian Redl | 3201f6b | 2009-04-16 17:51:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3359 | if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2 |
| 3360 | Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar) |
| 3361 | << CondTy; |
| 3362 | return QualType(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3363 | } |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3364 | |
Chris Lattner | 70d67a9 | 2008-01-06 22:42:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3365 | // Now check the two expressions. |
Nate Begeman | 2ef13e5 | 2009-08-10 23:49:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3366 | if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType()) |
| 3367 | return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS); |
Douglas Gregor | 898574e | 2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3368 | |
Chris Lattner | 70d67a9 | 2008-01-06 22:42:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3369 | // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions |
| 3370 | // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5. |
Chris Lattner | efdc39d | 2009-02-18 04:28:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3371 | if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) { |
| 3372 | UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS); |
| 3373 | return LHS->getType(); |
Steve Naroff | a4332e2 | 2007-07-17 00:58:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3374 | } |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3375 | |
Chris Lattner | 70d67a9 | 2008-01-06 22:42:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3376 | // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that |
| 3377 | // type. |
Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3378 | if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3 |
| 3379 | if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) |
Chris Lattner | a21ddb3 | 2007-11-26 01:40:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3380 | if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl()) |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3381 | // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has |
Chris Lattner | 70d67a9 | 2008-01-06 22:42:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3382 | // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped. |
Chris Lattner | efdc39d | 2009-02-18 04:28:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3383 | return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType(); |
Eli Friedman | b1d796d | 2009-03-23 00:24:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3384 | // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode. |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3385 | } |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3386 | |
Chris Lattner | 70d67a9 | 2008-01-06 22:42:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3387 | // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type." |
Steve Naroff | e701c0a | 2008-05-12 21:44:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3388 | // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism). |
Chris Lattner | efdc39d | 2009-02-18 04:28:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3389 | if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) { |
| 3390 | if (!LHSTy->isVoidType()) |
| 3391 | Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void) |
| 3392 | << RHS->getSourceRange(); |
| 3393 | if (!RHSTy->isVoidType()) |
| 3394 | Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void) |
| 3395 | << LHS->getSourceRange(); |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3396 | ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid); |
| 3397 | ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid); |
Eli Friedman | 0e72401 | 2008-06-04 19:47:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3398 | return Context.VoidTy; |
Steve Naroff | e701c0a | 2008-05-12 21:44:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3399 | } |
Steve Naroff | b6d54e5 | 2008-01-08 01:11:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3400 | // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has |
| 3401 | // the type of the other operand." |
Steve Naroff | 58f9f2c | 2009-07-14 18:25:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3402 | if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) && |
Douglas Gregor | ce94049 | 2009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3403 | RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3404 | // promote the null to a pointer. |
| 3405 | ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown); |
Chris Lattner | efdc39d | 2009-02-18 04:28:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3406 | return LHSTy; |
Steve Naroff | b6d54e5 | 2008-01-08 01:11:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3407 | } |
Steve Naroff | 58f9f2c | 2009-07-14 18:25:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3408 | if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) && |
Douglas Gregor | ce94049 | 2009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3409 | LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3410 | ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown); |
Chris Lattner | efdc39d | 2009-02-18 04:28:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3411 | return RHSTy; |
Steve Naroff | b6d54e5 | 2008-01-08 01:11:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3412 | } |
David Chisnall | 0f43656 | 2009-08-17 16:35:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3413 | // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result |
| 3414 | // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the |
| 3415 | // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields. |
| 3416 | if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() && |
| 3417 | (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) { |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3418 | ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
David Chisnall | 0f43656 | 2009-08-17 16:35:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3419 | return LHSTy; |
| 3420 | } |
| 3421 | if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() && |
| 3422 | (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) { |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3423 | ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
David Chisnall | 0f43656 | 2009-08-17 16:35:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3424 | return RHSTy; |
| 3425 | } |
| 3426 | // And the same for struct objc_object* / id |
| 3427 | if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() && |
| 3428 | (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) { |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3429 | ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
David Chisnall | 0f43656 | 2009-08-17 16:35:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3430 | return LHSTy; |
| 3431 | } |
| 3432 | if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() && |
| 3433 | (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) { |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3434 | ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
David Chisnall | 0f43656 | 2009-08-17 16:35:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3435 | return RHSTy; |
| 3436 | } |
Steve Naroff | 7154a77 | 2009-07-01 14:36:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3437 | // Handle block pointer types. |
| 3438 | if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) { |
| 3439 | if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) { |
| 3440 | if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) { |
| 3441 | QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy); |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3442 | ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| 3443 | ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
Steve Naroff | 7154a77 | 2009-07-01 14:36:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3444 | return destType; |
| 3445 | } |
| 3446 | Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) |
| 3447 | << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange(); |
| 3448 | return QualType(); |
Mike Stump | dd3e166 | 2009-05-07 03:14:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3449 | } |
Steve Naroff | 7154a77 | 2009-07-01 14:36:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3450 | // We have 2 block pointer types. |
| 3451 | if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) { |
| 3452 | // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible. |
Mike Stump | dd3e166 | 2009-05-07 03:14:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3453 | return LHSTy; |
| 3454 | } |
Steve Naroff | 7154a77 | 2009-07-01 14:36:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3455 | // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking. |
Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3456 | QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
| 3457 | QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3458 | |
Steve Naroff | 7154a77 | 2009-07-01 14:36:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3459 | if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(), |
| 3460 | rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) { |
Mike Stump | dd3e166 | 2009-05-07 03:14:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3461 | Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers) |
| 3462 | << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange(); |
| 3463 | // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good |
| 3464 | // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick |
| 3465 | // to get a consistent AST. |
| 3466 | QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy); |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3467 | ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| 3468 | ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
Mike Stump | dd3e166 | 2009-05-07 03:14:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3469 | return incompatTy; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3470 | } |
Steve Naroff | 7154a77 | 2009-07-01 14:36:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3471 | // The block pointer types are compatible. |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3472 | ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| 3473 | ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
Steve Naroff | 9158804 | 2009-04-08 17:05:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3474 | return LHSTy; |
| 3475 | } |
Steve Naroff | 7154a77 | 2009-07-01 14:36:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3476 | // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types. |
Steve Naroff | 14108da | 2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3477 | if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3478 | |
Steve Naroff | 7154a77 | 2009-07-01 14:36:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3479 | if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) { |
| 3480 | // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible. |
| 3481 | return LHSTy; |
| 3482 | } |
John McCall | 183700f | 2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3483 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); |
| 3484 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); |
Steve Naroff | 7154a77 | 2009-07-01 14:36:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3485 | QualType compositeType = LHSTy; |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3486 | |
Steve Naroff | 7154a77 | 2009-07-01 14:36:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3487 | // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be |
| 3488 | // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite |
| 3489 | // type. This allows |
| 3490 | // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b |
| 3491 | // where B is a subclass of A. |
| 3492 | // |
| 3493 | // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id' |
| 3494 | // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are |
| 3495 | // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite |
| 3496 | // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to. |
| 3497 | |
| 3498 | // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'. |
| 3499 | // It could return the composite type. |
Steve Naroff | 14108da | 2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3500 | if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) { |
Fariborz Jahanian | 9ec22a3 | 2009-08-22 22:27:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3501 | compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy; |
Steve Naroff | 14108da | 2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3502 | } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) { |
Fariborz Jahanian | 9ec22a3 | 2009-08-22 22:27:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3503 | compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy; |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3504 | } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || |
Steve Naroff | 14108da | 2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3505 | RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) && |
Steve Naroff | 4084c30 | 2009-07-23 01:01:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3506 | Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) { |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3507 | // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly. |
Steve Naroff | 14108da | 2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3508 | // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to |
| 3509 | // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be |
| 3510 | // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible. |
| 3511 | compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType(); |
| 3512 | } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) { |
Steve Naroff | 7154a77 | 2009-07-01 14:36:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3513 | compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType(); |
Fariborz Jahanian | db07b3f | 2009-10-27 23:02:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3514 | } else if (!(compositeType = |
| 3515 | Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull()) |
| 3516 | ; |
| 3517 | else { |
Steve Naroff | 7154a77 | 2009-07-01 14:36:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3518 | Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) |
| 3519 | << LHSTy << RHSTy |
| 3520 | << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange(); |
| 3521 | QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType(); |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3522 | ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| 3523 | ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
Steve Naroff | 7154a77 | 2009-07-01 14:36:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3524 | return incompatTy; |
| 3525 | } |
| 3526 | // The object pointer types are compatible. |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3527 | ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| 3528 | ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
Steve Naroff | 7154a77 | 2009-07-01 14:36:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3529 | return compositeType; |
| 3530 | } |
Steve Naroff | c715e78 | 2009-07-29 15:09:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3531 | // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *' |
| 3532 | if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { |
Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3533 | QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
John McCall | 183700f | 2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3534 | QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
John McCall | 0953e76 | 2009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3535 | QualType destPointee |
| 3536 | = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers()); |
Steve Naroff | c715e78 | 2009-07-29 15:09:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3537 | QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee); |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3538 | // Add qualifiers if necessary. |
| 3539 | ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp); |
| 3540 | // Promote to void*. |
| 3541 | ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
Steve Naroff | c715e78 | 2009-07-29 15:09:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3542 | return destType; |
| 3543 | } |
| 3544 | if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) { |
John McCall | 183700f | 2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3545 | QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3546 | QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
John McCall | 0953e76 | 2009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3547 | QualType destPointee |
| 3548 | = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers()); |
Steve Naroff | c715e78 | 2009-07-29 15:09:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3549 | QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee); |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3550 | // Add qualifiers if necessary. |
| 3551 | ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp); |
| 3552 | // Promote to void*. |
| 3553 | ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
Steve Naroff | c715e78 | 2009-07-29 15:09:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3554 | return destType; |
| 3555 | } |
Steve Naroff | 7154a77 | 2009-07-01 14:36:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3556 | // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6). |
| 3557 | if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) { |
| 3558 | // get the "pointed to" types |
Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3559 | QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
| 3560 | QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
Steve Naroff | 7154a77 | 2009-07-01 14:36:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3561 | |
| 3562 | // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6) |
| 3563 | if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) { |
| 3564 | // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6) |
John McCall | 0953e76 | 2009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3565 | QualType destPointee |
| 3566 | = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers()); |
Steve Naroff | 7154a77 | 2009-07-01 14:36:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3567 | QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee); |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3568 | // Add qualifiers if necessary. |
| 3569 | ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp); |
| 3570 | // Promote to void*. |
| 3571 | ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
Steve Naroff | 7154a77 | 2009-07-01 14:36:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3572 | return destType; |
| 3573 | } |
| 3574 | if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) { |
John McCall | 0953e76 | 2009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3575 | QualType destPointee |
| 3576 | = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers()); |
Steve Naroff | 7154a77 | 2009-07-01 14:36:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3577 | QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee); |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3578 | // Add qualifiers if necessary. |
Eli Friedman | 16fea9b | 2009-11-17 01:22:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3579 | ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp); |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3580 | // Promote to void*. |
Eli Friedman | 16fea9b | 2009-11-17 01:22:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3581 | ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
Steve Naroff | 7154a77 | 2009-07-01 14:36:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3582 | return destType; |
| 3583 | } |
| 3584 | |
| 3585 | if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) { |
| 3586 | // Two identical pointer types are always compatible. |
| 3587 | return LHSTy; |
| 3588 | } |
| 3589 | if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(), |
| 3590 | rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) { |
| 3591 | Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers) |
| 3592 | << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange(); |
| 3593 | // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good |
| 3594 | // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick |
| 3595 | // to get a consistent AST. |
| 3596 | QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy); |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3597 | ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| 3598 | ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
Steve Naroff | 7154a77 | 2009-07-01 14:36:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3599 | return incompatTy; |
| 3600 | } |
| 3601 | // The pointer types are compatible. |
| 3602 | // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to |
| 3603 | // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is |
| 3604 | // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite* |
| 3605 | // type. |
| 3606 | // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type. |
| 3607 | // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3608 | ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| 3609 | ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
Steve Naroff | 7154a77 | 2009-07-01 14:36:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3610 | return LHSTy; |
| 3611 | } |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3612 | |
Steve Naroff | 7154a77 | 2009-07-01 14:36:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3613 | // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch. |
| 3614 | if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) { |
| 3615 | Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch) |
| 3616 | << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange(); |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3617 | ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer); |
Steve Naroff | 7154a77 | 2009-07-01 14:36:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3618 | return RHSTy; |
| 3619 | } |
| 3620 | if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) { |
| 3621 | Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch) |
| 3622 | << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange(); |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3623 | ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer); |
Steve Naroff | 7154a77 | 2009-07-01 14:36:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3624 | return LHSTy; |
| 3625 | } |
Daniel Dunbar | 5e155f0 | 2008-09-11 23:12:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3626 | |
Chris Lattner | 70d67a9 | 2008-01-06 22:42:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3627 | // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible. |
Chris Lattner | efdc39d | 2009-02-18 04:28:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3628 | Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) |
| 3629 | << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3630 | return QualType(); |
| 3631 | } |
| 3632 | |
Steve Naroff | f69936d | 2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3633 | /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3634 | /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. |
Sebastian Redl | b8a6aca | 2009-01-19 22:31:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3635 | Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, |
| 3636 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
| 3637 | ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS, |
| 3638 | ExprArg RHS) { |
| 3639 | Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get(); |
| 3640 | Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get(); |
Chris Lattner | a21ddb3 | 2007-11-26 01:40:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3641 | |
| 3642 | // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS |
| 3643 | // was the condition. |
| 3644 | bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0; |
| 3645 | if (isLHSNull) |
| 3646 | LHSExpr = CondExpr; |
Sebastian Redl | b8a6aca | 2009-01-19 22:31:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3647 | |
| 3648 | QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr, |
Chris Lattner | 2682490 | 2007-07-16 21:39:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3649 | RHSExpr, QuestionLoc); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3650 | if (result.isNull()) |
Sebastian Redl | b8a6aca | 2009-01-19 22:31:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3651 | return ExprError(); |
| 3652 | |
| 3653 | Cond.release(); |
| 3654 | LHS.release(); |
| 3655 | RHS.release(); |
Douglas Gregor | 47e1f7c | 2009-08-26 14:37:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3656 | return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc, |
Steve Naroff | 6ece14c | 2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3657 | isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr, |
Douglas Gregor | 47e1f7c | 2009-08-26 14:37:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3658 | ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result)); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3659 | } |
| 3660 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3661 | // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3662 | // being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3663 | // routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee. |
| 3664 | // This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3]. |
| 3665 | // FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment. |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3666 | Sema::AssignConvertType |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3667 | Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) { |
| 3668 | QualType lhptee, rhptee; |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3669 | |
David Chisnall | 0f43656 | 2009-08-17 16:35:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3670 | if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() && |
| 3671 | (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) || |
| 3672 | (rhsType->isObjCClassType() && |
| 3673 | (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) { |
| 3674 | return Compatible; |
| 3675 | } |
| 3676 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3677 | // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level) |
Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3678 | lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
| 3679 | rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3680 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3681 | // make sure we operate on the canonical type |
Chris Lattner | b77792e | 2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3682 | lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee); |
| 3683 | rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3684 | |
Chris Lattner | 5cf216b | 2008-01-04 18:04:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3685 | AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible; |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3686 | |
| 3687 | // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints |
| 3688 | // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the |
| 3689 | // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right; |
Fariborz Jahanian | f11284a | 2009-02-17 18:27:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3690 | // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType |
Douglas Gregor | 98cd599 | 2008-10-21 23:43:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3691 | if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee)) |
Chris Lattner | 5cf216b | 2008-01-04 18:04:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3692 | ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3693 | |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3694 | // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or |
| 3695 | // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3696 | // version of void... |
Chris Lattner | bfe639e | 2008-01-03 22:56:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3697 | if (lhptee->isVoidType()) { |
Chris Lattner | d805bec | 2008-04-02 06:59:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3698 | if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) |
Chris Lattner | 5cf216b | 2008-01-04 18:04:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3699 | return ConvTy; |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3700 | |
Chris Lattner | bfe639e | 2008-01-03 22:56:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3701 | // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer. |
Chris Lattner | d805bec | 2008-04-02 06:59:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3702 | assert(rhptee->isFunctionType()); |
| 3703 | return FunctionVoidPointer; |
Chris Lattner | bfe639e | 2008-01-03 22:56:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3704 | } |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3705 | |
Chris Lattner | bfe639e | 2008-01-03 22:56:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3706 | if (rhptee->isVoidType()) { |
Chris Lattner | d805bec | 2008-04-02 06:59:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3707 | if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) |
Chris Lattner | 5cf216b | 2008-01-04 18:04:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3708 | return ConvTy; |
Chris Lattner | bfe639e | 2008-01-03 22:56:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3709 | |
| 3710 | // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer. |
Chris Lattner | d805bec | 2008-04-02 06:59:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3711 | assert(lhptee->isFunctionType()); |
| 3712 | return FunctionVoidPointer; |
Chris Lattner | bfe639e | 2008-01-03 22:56:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3713 | } |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3714 | // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3715 | // unqualified versions of compatible types, ... |
Eli Friedman | f05c05d | 2009-03-22 23:59:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3716 | lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(); |
| 3717 | rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType(); |
| 3718 | if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) { |
| 3719 | // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign. |
| 3720 | // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs |
| 3721 | // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned. |
Chris Lattner | 6a2b926 | 2009-10-17 20:33:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3722 | if (lhptee->isCharType()) |
Eli Friedman | f05c05d | 2009-03-22 23:59:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3723 | lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy; |
Chris Lattner | 6a2b926 | 2009-10-17 20:33:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3724 | else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) |
Eli Friedman | f05c05d | 2009-03-22 23:59:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3725 | lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee); |
Chris Lattner | 6a2b926 | 2009-10-17 20:33:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3726 | |
| 3727 | if (rhptee->isCharType()) |
Eli Friedman | f05c05d | 2009-03-22 23:59:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3728 | rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy; |
Chris Lattner | 6a2b926 | 2009-10-17 20:33:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3729 | else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) |
Eli Friedman | f05c05d | 2009-03-22 23:59:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3730 | rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee); |
Chris Lattner | 6a2b926 | 2009-10-17 20:33:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3731 | |
Eli Friedman | f05c05d | 2009-03-22 23:59:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3732 | if (lhptee == rhptee) { |
| 3733 | // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility |
| 3734 | // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign |
| 3735 | // warning can be disabled. |
| 3736 | if (ConvTy != Compatible) |
| 3737 | return ConvTy; |
| 3738 | return IncompatiblePointerSign; |
| 3739 | } |
Fariborz Jahanian | 36a862f | 2009-11-07 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3740 | |
| 3741 | // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply |
| 3742 | // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If |
| 3743 | // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same |
| 3744 | // level of indirection, this must be the issue. |
| 3745 | if (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType()) { |
| 3746 | do { |
| 3747 | lhptee = lhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
| 3748 | rhptee = rhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
| 3749 | |
| 3750 | lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee); |
| 3751 | rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee); |
| 3752 | } while (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType()); |
| 3753 | |
Douglas Gregor | a4923eb | 2009-11-16 21:35:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3754 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee)) |
Sean Hunt | c9132b6 | 2009-11-08 07:46:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3755 | return IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers; |
Fariborz Jahanian | 36a862f | 2009-11-07 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3756 | } |
| 3757 | |
Eli Friedman | f05c05d | 2009-03-22 23:59:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3758 | // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers. |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3759 | return IncompatiblePointer; |
Eli Friedman | f05c05d | 2009-03-22 23:59:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3760 | } |
Chris Lattner | 5cf216b | 2008-01-04 18:04:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3761 | return ConvTy; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3762 | } |
| 3763 | |
Steve Naroff | 1c7d067 | 2008-09-04 15:10:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3764 | /// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two |
| 3765 | /// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer |
| 3766 | /// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer |
| 3767 | // types. |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3768 | Sema::AssignConvertType |
| 3769 | Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, |
Steve Naroff | 1c7d067 | 2008-09-04 15:10:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3770 | QualType rhsType) { |
| 3771 | QualType lhptee, rhptee; |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3772 | |
Steve Naroff | 1c7d067 | 2008-09-04 15:10:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3773 | // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level) |
Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3774 | lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
| 3775 | rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3776 | |
Steve Naroff | 1c7d067 | 2008-09-04 15:10:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3777 | // make sure we operate on the canonical type |
| 3778 | lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee); |
| 3779 | rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3780 | |
Steve Naroff | 1c7d067 | 2008-09-04 15:10:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3781 | AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible; |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3782 | |
Steve Naroff | 1c7d067 | 2008-09-04 15:10:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3783 | // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical. |
Douglas Gregor | a4923eb | 2009-11-16 21:35:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3784 | if (lhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers()) |
Steve Naroff | 1c7d067 | 2008-09-04 15:10:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3785 | ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers; |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3786 | |
Eli Friedman | 26784c1 | 2009-06-08 05:08:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3787 | if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3788 | return IncompatibleBlockPointer; |
Steve Naroff | 1c7d067 | 2008-09-04 15:10:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3789 | return ConvTy; |
| 3790 | } |
| 3791 | |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3792 | /// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently |
| 3793 | /// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3794 | /// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings: |
| 3795 | /// |
| 3796 | /// int a, *pint; |
| 3797 | /// short *pshort; |
| 3798 | /// struct foo *pfoo; |
| 3799 | /// |
| 3800 | /// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type |
| 3801 | /// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast |
| 3802 | /// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast |
| 3803 | /// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type |
| 3804 | /// |
| 3805 | /// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3806 | /// C99 spec dictates. |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3807 | /// |
Chris Lattner | 5cf216b | 2008-01-04 18:04:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3808 | Sema::AssignConvertType |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3809 | Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) { |
Chris Lattner | fc144e2 | 2008-01-04 23:18:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3810 | // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing |
| 3811 | // them. |
Chris Lattner | b77792e | 2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3812 | lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType(); |
| 3813 | rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType(); |
Eli Friedman | f8f873d | 2008-05-30 18:07:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3814 | |
| 3815 | if (lhsType == rhsType) |
Chris Lattner | d2656dd | 2008-01-07 17:51:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3816 | return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match. |
Steve Naroff | 700204c | 2007-07-24 21:46:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3817 | |
David Chisnall | 0f43656 | 2009-08-17 16:35:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3818 | if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() && |
| 3819 | (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) || |
| 3820 | (rhsType->isObjCClassType() && |
| 3821 | (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) { |
| 3822 | return Compatible; |
| 3823 | } |
| 3824 | |
Douglas Gregor | 9d293df | 2008-10-28 00:22:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3825 | // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a |
| 3826 | // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C, |
| 3827 | // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case, |
| 3828 | // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the |
| 3829 | // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting |
| 3830 | // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference |
| 3831 | // type. |
Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3832 | if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 9d293df | 2008-10-28 00:22:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3833 | if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType)) |
Anders Carlsson | 793680e | 2007-10-12 23:56:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3834 | return Compatible; |
Chris Lattner | fc144e2 | 2008-01-04 23:18:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3835 | return Incompatible; |
Fariborz Jahanian | 411f373 | 2007-12-19 17:45:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3836 | } |
Nate Begeman | 1bd1f6e | 2009-06-28 02:36:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3837 | // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type |
| 3838 | // to the same ExtVector type. |
| 3839 | if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) { |
| 3840 | if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) |
| 3841 | return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible; |
| 3842 | if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType()) |
| 3843 | return Compatible; |
| 3844 | } |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3845 | |
Nate Begeman | be2341d | 2008-07-14 18:02:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3846 | if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) { |
Nate Begeman | be2341d | 2008-07-14 18:02:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3847 | // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3848 | // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast; |
Nate Begeman | be2341d | 2008-07-14 18:02:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3849 | // no bits are changed but the result type is different. |
Chris Lattner | e8b3e96 | 2008-01-04 23:32:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3850 | if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions && |
| 3851 | lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) { |
Nate Begeman | be2341d | 2008-07-14 18:02:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3852 | if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType)) |
Anders Carlsson | b0f90cc | 2009-01-30 23:17:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3853 | return IncompatibleVectors; |
Chris Lattner | e8b3e96 | 2008-01-04 23:32:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3854 | } |
| 3855 | return Incompatible; |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3856 | } |
Eli Friedman | f8f873d | 2008-05-30 18:07:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3857 | |
Chris Lattner | e8b3e96 | 2008-01-04 23:32:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3858 | if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType()) |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3859 | return Compatible; |
Eli Friedman | f8f873d | 2008-05-30 18:07:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3860 | |
Chris Lattner | 78eca28 | 2008-04-07 06:49:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3861 | if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) { |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3862 | if (rhsType->isIntegerType()) |
Chris Lattner | b7b6115 | 2008-01-04 18:22:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3863 | return IntToPointer; |
Eli Friedman | f8f873d | 2008-05-30 18:07:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3864 | |
Chris Lattner | 78eca28 | 2008-04-07 06:49:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3865 | if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3866 | return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3867 | |
Steve Naroff | 67ef8ea | 2009-07-20 17:56:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3868 | // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers. |
Steve Naroff | 14108da | 2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3869 | if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) { |
Steve Naroff | 67ef8ea | 2009-07-20 17:56:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3870 | if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule. |
| 3871 | return Compatible; |
| 3872 | return IncompatiblePointer; |
Steve Naroff | 14108da | 2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3873 | } |
Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3874 | if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { |
| 3875 | if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) |
Douglas Gregor | 63a9490 | 2008-11-27 00:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3876 | return Compatible; |
Steve Naroff | b440686 | 2008-09-29 18:10:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3877 | |
| 3878 | // Treat block pointers as objects. |
Steve Naroff | 14108da | 2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3879 | if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType()) |
Steve Naroff | b440686 | 2008-09-29 18:10:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3880 | return Compatible; |
| 3881 | } |
Steve Naroff | 1c7d067 | 2008-09-04 15:10:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3882 | return Incompatible; |
| 3883 | } |
| 3884 | |
| 3885 | if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) { |
| 3886 | if (rhsType->isIntegerType()) |
Eli Friedman | d8f4f43 | 2009-02-25 04:20:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3887 | return IntToBlockPointer; |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3888 | |
Steve Naroff | b440686 | 2008-09-29 18:10:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3889 | // Treat block pointers as objects. |
Steve Naroff | 14108da | 2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3890 | if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType()) |
Steve Naroff | b440686 | 2008-09-29 18:10:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3891 | return Compatible; |
| 3892 | |
Steve Naroff | 1c7d067 | 2008-09-04 15:10:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3893 | if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType()) |
| 3894 | return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3895 | |
Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3896 | if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
Steve Naroff | 1c7d067 | 2008-09-04 15:10:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3897 | if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) |
Douglas Gregor | 63a9490 | 2008-11-27 00:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3898 | return Compatible; |
Steve Naroff | 1c7d067 | 2008-09-04 15:10:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3899 | } |
Chris Lattner | fc144e2 | 2008-01-04 23:18:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3900 | return Incompatible; |
| 3901 | } |
| 3902 | |
Steve Naroff | 14108da | 2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3903 | if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) { |
| 3904 | if (rhsType->isIntegerType()) |
| 3905 | return IntToPointer; |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3906 | |
Steve Naroff | 67ef8ea | 2009-07-20 17:56:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3907 | // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers. |
Steve Naroff | 14108da | 2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3908 | if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) { |
Steve Naroff | 67ef8ea | 2009-07-20 17:56:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3909 | if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule. |
| 3910 | return Compatible; |
| 3911 | return IncompatiblePointer; |
Steve Naroff | 14108da | 2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3912 | } |
| 3913 | if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { |
Steve Naroff | de2e22d | 2009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3914 | if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType()) |
| 3915 | return Compatible; |
Steve Naroff | 67ef8ea | 2009-07-20 17:56:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3916 | if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType)) |
| 3917 | return Compatible; |
Steve Naroff | 4084c30 | 2009-07-23 01:01:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3918 | if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) |
| 3919 | return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId; |
Steve Naroff | 67ef8ea | 2009-07-20 17:56:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3920 | return IncompatiblePointer; |
Steve Naroff | 14108da | 2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3921 | } |
Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3922 | if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
Steve Naroff | 14108da | 2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3923 | if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) |
| 3924 | return Compatible; |
| 3925 | } |
| 3926 | // Treat block pointers as objects. |
| 3927 | if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType()) |
| 3928 | return Compatible; |
| 3929 | return Incompatible; |
| 3930 | } |
Chris Lattner | 78eca28 | 2008-04-07 06:49:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3931 | if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) { |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3932 | // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer. |
Eli Friedman | f8f873d | 2008-05-30 18:07:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3933 | if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy) |
| 3934 | return Compatible; |
| 3935 | |
| 3936 | if (lhsType->isIntegerType()) |
Chris Lattner | b7b6115 | 2008-01-04 18:22:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3937 | return PointerToInt; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3938 | |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3939 | if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3940 | return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3941 | |
| 3942 | if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) && |
Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3943 | rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) |
Douglas Gregor | 63a9490 | 2008-11-27 00:44:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3944 | return Compatible; |
Chris Lattner | fc144e2 | 2008-01-04 23:18:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3945 | return Incompatible; |
Chris Lattner | fc144e2 | 2008-01-04 23:18:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3946 | } |
Steve Naroff | 14108da | 2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3947 | if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) { |
| 3948 | // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer. |
| 3949 | if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy) |
| 3950 | return Compatible; |
| 3951 | |
| 3952 | if (lhsType->isIntegerType()) |
| 3953 | return PointerToInt; |
| 3954 | |
Steve Naroff | 67ef8ea | 2009-07-20 17:56:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3955 | // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers. |
Steve Naroff | 14108da | 2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3956 | if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) { |
Steve Naroff | 67ef8ea | 2009-07-20 17:56:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3957 | if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule. |
| 3958 | return Compatible; |
| 3959 | return IncompatiblePointer; |
Steve Naroff | 14108da | 2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3960 | } |
| 3961 | if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) && |
Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3962 | rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) |
Steve Naroff | 14108da | 2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3963 | return Compatible; |
| 3964 | return Incompatible; |
| 3965 | } |
Eli Friedman | f8f873d | 2008-05-30 18:07:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3966 | |
Chris Lattner | fc144e2 | 2008-01-04 23:18:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3967 | if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) { |
Chris Lattner | 78eca28 | 2008-04-07 06:49:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3968 | if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType)) |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3969 | return Compatible; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3970 | } |
| 3971 | return Incompatible; |
| 3972 | } |
| 3973 | |
Douglas Gregor | 0c74e8a | 2009-04-29 22:16:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3974 | /// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is |
| 3975 | /// used to initialize the transparent union. |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3976 | static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E, |
Douglas Gregor | 0c74e8a | 2009-04-29 22:16:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3977 | QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) { |
| 3978 | // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member |
| 3979 | // of the transparent union. |
| 3980 | InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(), |
| 3981 | &E, 1, |
| 3982 | SourceLocation()); |
| 3983 | Initializer->setType(UnionType); |
| 3984 | Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field); |
| 3985 | |
| 3986 | // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent |
| 3987 | // union type from this initializer list. |
| 3988 | E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer, |
| 3989 | false); |
| 3990 | } |
| 3991 | |
| 3992 | Sema::AssignConvertType |
| 3993 | Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) { |
| 3994 | QualType FromType = rExpr->getType(); |
| 3995 | |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3996 | // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential |
Douglas Gregor | 0c74e8a | 2009-04-29 22:16:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3997 | // transparent_union GCC extension. |
| 3998 | const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType(); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 40b598e | 2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3999 | if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) |
Douglas Gregor | 0c74e8a | 2009-04-29 22:16:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4000 | return Incompatible; |
| 4001 | |
| 4002 | // The field to initialize within the transparent union. |
| 4003 | RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); |
| 4004 | FieldDecl *InitField = 0; |
| 4005 | // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields. |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 17945a0 | 2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4006 | for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(), |
| 4007 | itend = UD->field_end(); |
Douglas Gregor | 0c74e8a | 2009-04-29 22:16:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4008 | it != itend; ++it) { |
| 4009 | if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) { |
| 4010 | // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow: |
| 4011 | // 1) void pointer |
| 4012 | // 2) null pointer constant |
| 4013 | if (FromType->isPointerType()) |
Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4014 | if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) { |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4015 | ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
Douglas Gregor | 0c74e8a | 2009-04-29 22:16:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4016 | InitField = *it; |
| 4017 | break; |
| 4018 | } |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4019 | |
Douglas Gregor | ce94049 | 2009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4020 | if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context, |
| 4021 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4022 | ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer); |
Douglas Gregor | 0c74e8a | 2009-04-29 22:16:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4023 | InitField = *it; |
| 4024 | break; |
| 4025 | } |
| 4026 | } |
| 4027 | |
| 4028 | if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType()) |
| 4029 | == Compatible) { |
| 4030 | InitField = *it; |
| 4031 | break; |
| 4032 | } |
| 4033 | } |
| 4034 | |
| 4035 | if (!InitField) |
| 4036 | return Incompatible; |
| 4037 | |
| 4038 | ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField); |
| 4039 | return Compatible; |
| 4040 | } |
| 4041 | |
Chris Lattner | 5cf216b | 2008-01-04 18:04:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4042 | Sema::AssignConvertType |
Steve Naroff | 90045e8 | 2007-07-13 23:32:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4043 | Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) { |
Douglas Gregor | 98cd599 | 2008-10-21 23:43:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4044 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| 4045 | if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) { |
| 4046 | // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the |
| 4047 | // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the |
| 4048 | // cv-unqualified type of the left operand. |
Douglas Gregor | 45920e8 | 2008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4049 | if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(), |
| 4050 | "assigning")) |
Douglas Gregor | 98cd599 | 2008-10-21 23:43:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4051 | return Incompatible; |
Chris Lattner | 2c4463f | 2009-04-12 09:02:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4052 | return Compatible; |
Douglas Gregor | 98cd599 | 2008-10-21 23:43:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4053 | } |
| 4054 | |
| 4055 | // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C |
| 4056 | // structures. |
| 4057 | } |
| 4058 | |
Steve Naroff | 529a4ad | 2007-11-27 17:58:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4059 | // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is |
| 4060 | // a null pointer constant. |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4061 | if ((lhsType->isPointerType() || |
| 4062 | lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4063 | lhsType->isBlockPointerType()) |
Douglas Gregor | ce94049 | 2009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4064 | && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context, |
| 4065 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4066 | ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown); |
Steve Naroff | 529a4ad | 2007-11-27 17:58:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4067 | return Compatible; |
| 4068 | } |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4069 | |
Chris Lattner | 943140e | 2007-10-16 02:55:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4070 | // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper |
Steve Naroff | 90045e8 | 2007-07-13 23:32:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4071 | // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all |
Douglas Gregor | 02a24ee | 2009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4072 | // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary |
Steve Naroff | 90045e8 | 2007-07-13 23:32:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4073 | // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof). |
Chris Lattner | 943140e | 2007-10-16 02:55:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4074 | // |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4075 | // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5. |
Chris Lattner | 943140e | 2007-10-16 02:55:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4076 | if (!lhsType->isReferenceType()) |
| 4077 | DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr); |
Steve Naroff | f1120de | 2007-08-24 22:33:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4078 | |
Chris Lattner | 5cf216b | 2008-01-04 18:04:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4079 | Sema::AssignConvertType result = |
| 4080 | CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType()); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4081 | |
Steve Naroff | f1120de | 2007-08-24 22:33:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4082 | // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the |
| 4083 | // type of the assignment expression. |
Douglas Gregor | 9d293df | 2008-10-28 00:22:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4084 | // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference, |
| 4085 | // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C. |
| 4086 | // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression |
| 4087 | // does not have reference type. |
Douglas Gregor | 0c74e8a | 2009-04-29 22:16:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4088 | if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType) |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4089 | ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType(), |
| 4090 | CastExpr::CK_Unknown); |
Steve Naroff | f1120de | 2007-08-24 22:33:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4091 | return result; |
Steve Naroff | 90045e8 | 2007-07-13 23:32:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4092 | } |
| 4093 | |
Chris Lattner | 29a1cfb | 2008-11-18 01:30:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4094 | QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) { |
Chris Lattner | c9c7c4e | 2008-11-18 22:52:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4095 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands) |
Chris Lattner | 22caddc | 2008-11-23 09:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4096 | << lex->getType() << rex->getType() |
Chris Lattner | c9c7c4e | 2008-11-18 22:52:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4097 | << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
Chris Lattner | ca5eede | 2007-12-12 05:47:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4098 | return QualType(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4099 | } |
| 4100 | |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4101 | inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, |
Steve Naroff | 49b4526 | 2007-07-13 16:58:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4102 | Expr *&rex) { |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4103 | // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers. |
Nate Begeman | 1330b0e | 2008-04-04 01:30:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4104 | // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent. |
Chris Lattner | b77792e | 2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4105 | QualType lhsType = |
| 4106 | Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType(); |
| 4107 | QualType rhsType = |
| 4108 | Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType(); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4109 | |
Nate Begeman | be2341d | 2008-07-14 18:02:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4110 | // If the vector types are identical, return. |
Nate Begeman | 1330b0e | 2008-04-04 01:30:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4111 | if (lhsType == rhsType) |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4112 | return lhsType; |
Nate Begeman | 4119d1a | 2007-12-30 02:59:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4113 | |
Nate Begeman | be2341d | 2008-07-14 18:02:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4114 | // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element |
| 4115 | // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday. |
Anders Carlsson | b0f90cc | 2009-01-30 23:17:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4116 | if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) { |
| 4117 | // FIXME: Should we warn here? |
John McCall | 183700f | 2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4118 | if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) { |
| 4119 | if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) |
Nate Begeman | be2341d | 2008-07-14 18:02:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4120 | if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() && |
Anders Carlsson | b0f90cc | 2009-01-30 23:17:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4121 | LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) { |
Nate Begeman | be2341d | 2008-07-14 18:02:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4122 | return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType; |
Anders Carlsson | b0f90cc | 2009-01-30 23:17:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4123 | } |
| 4124 | } |
| 4125 | } |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4126 | |
Nate Begeman | 1bd1f6e | 2009-06-28 02:36:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4127 | // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can |
| 4128 | // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance. |
| 4129 | bool swapped = false; |
| 4130 | if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) { |
| 4131 | swapped = true; |
| 4132 | std::swap(rex, lex); |
| 4133 | std::swap(rhsType, lhsType); |
| 4134 | } |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4135 | |
Nate Begeman | dde2598 | 2009-06-28 19:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4136 | // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar. |
John McCall | 183700f | 2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4137 | if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) { |
Nate Begeman | 1bd1f6e | 2009-06-28 02:36:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4138 | QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType(); |
| 4139 | if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) { |
| 4140 | if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) { |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4141 | ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast); |
Nate Begeman | 1bd1f6e | 2009-06-28 02:36:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4142 | if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex); |
| 4143 | return lhsType; |
| 4144 | } |
| 4145 | } |
| 4146 | if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() && |
| 4147 | rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) { |
| 4148 | if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) { |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4149 | ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast); |
Nate Begeman | 1bd1f6e | 2009-06-28 02:36:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4150 | if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex); |
| 4151 | return lhsType; |
| 4152 | } |
Nate Begeman | 4119d1a | 2007-12-30 02:59:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4153 | } |
| 4154 | } |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4155 | |
Nate Begeman | dde2598 | 2009-06-28 19:12:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4156 | // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors. |
Chris Lattner | c9c7c4e | 2008-11-18 22:52:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4157 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable) |
Chris Lattner | d162584 | 2008-11-24 06:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4158 | << lex->getType() << rex->getType() |
Chris Lattner | c9c7c4e | 2008-11-18 22:52:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4159 | << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4160 | return QualType(); |
Sebastian Redl | 2246050 | 2009-02-07 00:15:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4161 | } |
| 4162 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4163 | inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4164 | Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) { |
Daniel Dunbar | 69d1d00 | 2009-01-05 22:42:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4165 | if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) |
Chris Lattner | 29a1cfb | 2008-11-18 01:30:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4166 | return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4167 | |
Steve Naroff | 9f5fa9b | 2007-08-24 19:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4168 | QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4169 | |
Steve Naroff | a4332e2 | 2007-07-17 00:58:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4170 | if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) |
Steve Naroff | 9f5fa9b | 2007-08-24 19:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4171 | return compType; |
Chris Lattner | 29a1cfb | 2008-11-18 01:30:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4172 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4173 | } |
| 4174 | |
| 4175 | inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands( |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4176 | Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) { |
Daniel Dunbar | 523aa60 | 2009-01-05 22:55:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4177 | if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) { |
| 4178 | if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) |
| 4179 | return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex); |
| 4180 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex); |
| 4181 | } |
Steve Naroff | 90045e8 | 2007-07-13 23:32:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4182 | |
Steve Naroff | 9f5fa9b | 2007-08-24 19:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4183 | QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4184 | |
Steve Naroff | a4332e2 | 2007-07-17 00:58:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4185 | if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) |
Steve Naroff | 9f5fa9b | 2007-08-24 19:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4186 | return compType; |
Chris Lattner | 29a1cfb | 2008-11-18 01:30:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4187 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4188 | } |
| 4189 | |
| 4190 | inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4191 | Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) { |
Eli Friedman | ab3a852 | 2009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4192 | if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) { |
| 4193 | QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex); |
| 4194 | if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType; |
| 4195 | return compType; |
| 4196 | } |
Steve Naroff | 49b4526 | 2007-07-13 16:58:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4197 | |
Eli Friedman | ab3a852 | 2009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4198 | QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy); |
Eli Friedman | d72d16e | 2008-05-18 18:08:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4199 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4200 | // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic). |
Eli Friedman | ab3a852 | 2009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4201 | if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && |
| 4202 | rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) { |
| 4203 | if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType; |
Steve Naroff | 9f5fa9b | 2007-08-24 19:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4204 | return compType; |
Eli Friedman | ab3a852 | 2009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4205 | } |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4206 | |
Eli Friedman | d72d16e | 2008-05-18 18:08:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4207 | // Put any potential pointer into PExp |
| 4208 | Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex; |
Steve Naroff | 58f9f2c | 2009-07-14 18:25:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4209 | if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) |
Eli Friedman | d72d16e | 2008-05-18 18:08:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4210 | std::swap(PExp, IExp); |
| 4211 | |
Steve Naroff | 58f9f2c | 2009-07-14 18:25:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4212 | if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) { |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4213 | |
Eli Friedman | d72d16e | 2008-05-18 18:08:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4214 | if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) { |
Steve Naroff | 760e3c4 | 2009-07-13 21:20:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4215 | QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType(); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4216 | |
Chris Lattner | b5f1562 | 2009-04-24 23:50:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4217 | // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types. |
| 4218 | if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) { |
Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4219 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| 4220 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type) |
Chris Lattner | fa25bbb | 2008-11-19 05:08:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4221 | << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
Douglas Gregor | 4ec339f | 2009-01-19 19:26:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4222 | return QualType(); |
Eli Friedman | d72d16e | 2008-05-18 18:08:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4223 | } |
Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4224 | |
| 4225 | // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void |
| 4226 | Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) |
| 4227 | << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
Chris Lattner | b5f1562 | 2009-04-24 23:50:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4228 | } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) { |
Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4229 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| 4230 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type) |
| 4231 | << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange(); |
| 4232 | return QualType(); |
| 4233 | } |
| 4234 | |
| 4235 | // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function |
| 4236 | Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith) |
| 4237 | << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange(); |
Steve Naroff | 9deaeca | 2009-07-13 21:32:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4238 | } else { |
Steve Naroff | 760e3c4 | 2009-07-13 21:20:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4239 | // Check if we require a complete type. |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4240 | if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() && |
Steve Naroff | 9deaeca | 2009-07-13 21:32:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4241 | !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) || |
Steve Naroff | 760e3c4 | 2009-07-13 21:20:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4242 | PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) && |
| 4243 | RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy, |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4244 | PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type) |
| 4245 | << PExp->getSourceRange() |
Anders Carlsson | d497ba7 | 2009-08-26 22:59:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4246 | << PExp->getType())) |
Steve Naroff | 760e3c4 | 2009-07-13 21:20:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4247 | return QualType(); |
| 4248 | } |
Chris Lattner | b5f1562 | 2009-04-24 23:50:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4249 | // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts. |
| 4250 | if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) { |
| 4251 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface) |
| 4252 | << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange(); |
| 4253 | return QualType(); |
| 4254 | } |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4255 | |
Eli Friedman | ab3a852 | 2009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4256 | if (CompLHSTy) { |
Eli Friedman | 04e8357 | 2009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4257 | QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex); |
| 4258 | if (LHSTy.isNull()) { |
| 4259 | LHSTy = lex->getType(); |
| 4260 | if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType()) |
| 4261 | LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy); |
Douglas Gregor | 2d833e3 | 2009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4262 | } |
Eli Friedman | ab3a852 | 2009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4263 | *CompLHSTy = LHSTy; |
| 4264 | } |
Eli Friedman | d72d16e | 2008-05-18 18:08:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4265 | return PExp->getType(); |
| 4266 | } |
| 4267 | } |
| 4268 | |
Chris Lattner | 29a1cfb | 2008-11-18 01:30:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4269 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4270 | } |
| 4271 | |
Chris Lattner | eca7be6 | 2008-04-07 05:30:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4272 | // C99 6.5.6 |
| 4273 | QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, |
Eli Friedman | ab3a852 | 2009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4274 | SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) { |
| 4275 | if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) { |
| 4276 | QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex); |
| 4277 | if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType; |
| 4278 | return compType; |
| 4279 | } |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4280 | |
Eli Friedman | ab3a852 | 2009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4281 | QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4282 | |
Chris Lattner | 6e4ab61 | 2007-12-09 21:53:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4283 | // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3. |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4284 | |
Chris Lattner | 6e4ab61 | 2007-12-09 21:53:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4285 | // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic). |
Mike Stump | af199f3 | 2009-05-07 18:43:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4286 | if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() |
| 4287 | && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) { |
Eli Friedman | ab3a852 | 2009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4288 | if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType; |
Steve Naroff | 9f5fa9b | 2007-08-24 19:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4289 | return compType; |
Eli Friedman | ab3a852 | 2009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4290 | } |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4291 | |
Chris Lattner | 6e4ab61 | 2007-12-09 21:53:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4292 | // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr. |
Steve Naroff | 58f9f2c | 2009-07-14 18:25:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4293 | if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) { |
Steve Naroff | 430ee5a | 2009-07-13 17:19:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4294 | QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType(); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4295 | |
Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4296 | // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type. |
Douglas Gregor | c983b86 | 2009-01-23 00:36:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4297 | |
Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4298 | bool ComplainAboutVoid = false; |
| 4299 | Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0; |
| 4300 | if (lpointee->isVoidType()) { |
| 4301 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| 4302 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type) |
| 4303 | << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
| 4304 | return QualType(); |
| 4305 | } |
| 4306 | |
| 4307 | // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void |
| 4308 | ComplainAboutVoid = true; |
| 4309 | } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) { |
| 4310 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| 4311 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type) |
Chris Lattner | d162584 | 2008-11-24 06:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4312 | << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange(); |
Chris Lattner | 6e4ab61 | 2007-12-09 21:53:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4313 | return QualType(); |
| 4314 | } |
Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4315 | |
| 4316 | // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function |
| 4317 | ComplainAboutFunc = lex; |
| 4318 | } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() && |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4319 | RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee, |
Anders Carlsson | d497ba7 | 2009-08-26 22:59:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4320 | PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object) |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4321 | << lex->getSourceRange() |
Anders Carlsson | d497ba7 | 2009-08-26 22:59:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4322 | << lex->getType())) |
Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4323 | return QualType(); |
Chris Lattner | 6e4ab61 | 2007-12-09 21:53:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4324 | |
Chris Lattner | b5f1562 | 2009-04-24 23:50:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4325 | // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts. |
| 4326 | if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) { |
| 4327 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface) |
| 4328 | << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange(); |
| 4329 | return QualType(); |
| 4330 | } |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4331 | |
Chris Lattner | 6e4ab61 | 2007-12-09 21:53:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4332 | // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type. |
Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4333 | if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) { |
| 4334 | if (ComplainAboutVoid) |
| 4335 | Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) |
| 4336 | << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
| 4337 | if (ComplainAboutFunc) |
| 4338 | Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith) |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4339 | << ComplainAboutFunc->getType() |
Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4340 | << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange(); |
| 4341 | |
Eli Friedman | ab3a852 | 2009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4342 | if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType(); |
Chris Lattner | 6e4ab61 | 2007-12-09 21:53:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4343 | return lex->getType(); |
Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4344 | } |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4345 | |
Chris Lattner | 6e4ab61 | 2007-12-09 21:53:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4346 | // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions. |
Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4347 | if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
Eli Friedman | 8e54ad0 | 2008-02-08 01:19:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4348 | QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType(); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4349 | |
Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4350 | // RHS must be a completely-type object type. |
| 4351 | // Handle the GNU void* extension. |
| 4352 | if (rpointee->isVoidType()) { |
| 4353 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| 4354 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type) |
| 4355 | << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
| 4356 | return QualType(); |
| 4357 | } |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4358 | |
Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4359 | ComplainAboutVoid = true; |
| 4360 | } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) { |
| 4361 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| 4362 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type) |
Chris Lattner | d162584 | 2008-11-24 06:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4363 | << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
Chris Lattner | 6e4ab61 | 2007-12-09 21:53:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4364 | return QualType(); |
| 4365 | } |
Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4366 | |
| 4367 | // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function |
| 4368 | if (!ComplainAboutFunc) |
| 4369 | ComplainAboutFunc = rex; |
| 4370 | } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() && |
| 4371 | RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee, |
Anders Carlsson | d497ba7 | 2009-08-26 22:59:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4372 | PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object) |
| 4373 | << rex->getSourceRange() |
| 4374 | << rex->getType())) |
Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4375 | return QualType(); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4376 | |
Eli Friedman | 88d936b | 2009-05-16 13:54:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4377 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| 4378 | // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add] |
| 4379 | if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) { |
| 4380 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible) |
| 4381 | << lex->getType() << rex->getType() |
| 4382 | << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
| 4383 | return QualType(); |
| 4384 | } |
| 4385 | } else { |
| 4386 | // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3 |
| 4387 | if (!Context.typesAreCompatible( |
| 4388 | Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(), |
| 4389 | Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) { |
| 4390 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible) |
| 4391 | << lex->getType() << rex->getType() |
| 4392 | << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
| 4393 | return QualType(); |
| 4394 | } |
Chris Lattner | 6e4ab61 | 2007-12-09 21:53:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4395 | } |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4396 | |
Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4397 | if (ComplainAboutVoid) |
| 4398 | Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) |
| 4399 | << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
| 4400 | if (ComplainAboutFunc) |
| 4401 | Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith) |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4402 | << ComplainAboutFunc->getType() |
Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4403 | << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange(); |
Eli Friedman | ab3a852 | 2009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4404 | |
| 4405 | if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType(); |
Chris Lattner | 6e4ab61 | 2007-12-09 21:53:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4406 | return Context.getPointerDiffType(); |
| 4407 | } |
| 4408 | } |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4409 | |
Chris Lattner | 29a1cfb | 2008-11-18 01:30:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4410 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4411 | } |
| 4412 | |
Chris Lattner | eca7be6 | 2008-04-07 05:30:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4413 | // C99 6.5.7 |
Chris Lattner | 29a1cfb | 2008-11-18 01:30:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4414 | QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, |
Chris Lattner | eca7be6 | 2008-04-07 05:30:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4415 | bool isCompAssign) { |
Chris Lattner | ca5eede | 2007-12-12 05:47:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4416 | // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type. |
| 4417 | if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) |
Chris Lattner | 29a1cfb | 2008-11-18 01:30:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4418 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4419 | |
Nate Begeman | 2207d79 | 2009-10-25 02:26:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4420 | // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type. |
| 4421 | if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) |
| 4422 | return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex); |
| 4423 | |
Chris Lattner | ca5eede | 2007-12-12 05:47:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4424 | // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer |
| 4425 | // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3 |
Eli Friedman | 04e8357 | 2009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4426 | QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex); |
| 4427 | if (LHSTy.isNull()) { |
| 4428 | LHSTy = lex->getType(); |
| 4429 | if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType()) |
| 4430 | LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy); |
Douglas Gregor | 2d833e3 | 2009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4431 | } |
Chris Lattner | 1dcf2c8 | 2007-12-13 07:28:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4432 | if (!isCompAssign) |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4433 | ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast); |
Eli Friedman | ab3a852 | 2009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4434 | |
Chris Lattner | ca5eede | 2007-12-12 05:47:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4435 | UsualUnaryConversions(rex); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4436 | |
Ryan Flynn | d043968 | 2009-08-07 16:20:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4437 | // Sanity-check shift operands |
| 4438 | llvm::APSInt Right; |
| 4439 | // Check right/shifter operand |
Daniel Dunbar | 3f180c6 | 2009-09-17 06:31:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4440 | if (!rex->isValueDependent() && |
| 4441 | rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) { |
Ryan Flynn | 8045c73 | 2009-08-08 19:18:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4442 | if (Right.isNegative()) |
Ryan Flynn | d043968 | 2009-08-07 16:20:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4443 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange(); |
| 4444 | else { |
| 4445 | llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(), |
| 4446 | Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType())); |
| 4447 | if (Right.uge(LeftBits)) |
| 4448 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange(); |
| 4449 | } |
| 4450 | } |
| 4451 | |
Chris Lattner | ca5eede | 2007-12-12 05:47:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4452 | // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand." |
Eli Friedman | ab3a852 | 2009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4453 | return LHSTy; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4454 | } |
| 4455 | |
John McCall | 5dbad3d | 2009-11-06 08:49:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4456 | /// \brief Implements -Wsign-compare. |
| 4457 | /// |
| 4458 | /// \param lex the left-hand expression |
| 4459 | /// \param rex the right-hand expression |
| 4460 | /// \param OpLoc the location of the joining operator |
John McCall | 48f5e63 | 2009-11-06 08:53:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4461 | /// \param Equality whether this is an "equality-like" join, which |
| 4462 | /// suppresses the warning in some cases |
John McCall | b13c87f | 2009-11-05 09:23:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4463 | void Sema::CheckSignCompare(Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
John McCall | 5dbad3d | 2009-11-06 08:49:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4464 | const PartialDiagnostic &PD, bool Equality) { |
John McCall | 7d62a8f | 2009-11-06 18:16:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4465 | // Don't warn if we're in an unevaluated context. |
| 4466 | if (ExprEvalContext == Unevaluated) |
| 4467 | return; |
| 4468 | |
John McCall | 45aa455 | 2009-11-05 00:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4469 | QualType lt = lex->getType(), rt = rex->getType(); |
| 4470 | |
| 4471 | // Only warn if both operands are integral. |
| 4472 | if (!lt->isIntegerType() || !rt->isIntegerType()) |
| 4473 | return; |
| 4474 | |
Sebastian Redl | 732429c | 2009-11-05 21:09:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4475 | // If either expression is value-dependent, don't warn. We'll get another |
| 4476 | // chance at instantiation time. |
| 4477 | if (lex->isValueDependent() || rex->isValueDependent()) |
| 4478 | return; |
| 4479 | |
John McCall | 45aa455 | 2009-11-05 00:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4480 | // The rule is that the signed operand becomes unsigned, so isolate the |
| 4481 | // signed operand. |
John McCall | 5dbad3d | 2009-11-06 08:49:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4482 | Expr *signedOperand, *unsignedOperand; |
John McCall | 45aa455 | 2009-11-05 00:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4483 | if (lt->isSignedIntegerType()) { |
| 4484 | if (rt->isSignedIntegerType()) return; |
| 4485 | signedOperand = lex; |
John McCall | 5dbad3d | 2009-11-06 08:49:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4486 | unsignedOperand = rex; |
John McCall | 45aa455 | 2009-11-05 00:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4487 | } else { |
| 4488 | if (!rt->isSignedIntegerType()) return; |
| 4489 | signedOperand = rex; |
John McCall | 5dbad3d | 2009-11-06 08:49:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4490 | unsignedOperand = lex; |
John McCall | 45aa455 | 2009-11-05 00:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4491 | } |
| 4492 | |
John McCall | 5dbad3d | 2009-11-06 08:49:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4493 | // If the unsigned type is strictly smaller than the signed type, |
John McCall | 48f5e63 | 2009-11-06 08:53:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4494 | // then (1) the result type will be signed and (2) the unsigned |
| 4495 | // value will fit fully within the signed type, and thus the result |
John McCall | 5dbad3d | 2009-11-06 08:49:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4496 | // of the comparison will be exact. |
| 4497 | if (Context.getIntWidth(signedOperand->getType()) > |
| 4498 | Context.getIntWidth(unsignedOperand->getType())) |
| 4499 | return; |
| 4500 | |
John McCall | 45aa455 | 2009-11-05 00:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4501 | // If the value is a non-negative integer constant, then the |
| 4502 | // signed->unsigned conversion won't change it. |
| 4503 | llvm::APSInt value; |
John McCall | b13c87f | 2009-11-05 09:23:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4504 | if (signedOperand->isIntegerConstantExpr(value, Context)) { |
John McCall | 45aa455 | 2009-11-05 00:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4505 | assert(value.isSigned() && "result of signed expression not signed"); |
| 4506 | |
| 4507 | if (value.isNonNegative()) |
| 4508 | return; |
| 4509 | } |
| 4510 | |
John McCall | 5dbad3d | 2009-11-06 08:49:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4511 | if (Equality) { |
| 4512 | // For (in)equality comparisons, if the unsigned operand is a |
John McCall | 48f5e63 | 2009-11-06 08:53:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4513 | // constant which cannot collide with a overflowed signed operand, |
| 4514 | // then reinterpreting the signed operand as unsigned will not |
| 4515 | // change the result of the comparison. |
John McCall | 5dbad3d | 2009-11-06 08:49:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4516 | if (unsignedOperand->isIntegerConstantExpr(value, Context)) { |
| 4517 | assert(!value.isSigned() && "result of unsigned expression is signed"); |
| 4518 | |
| 4519 | // 2's complement: test the top bit. |
| 4520 | if (value.isNonNegative()) |
| 4521 | return; |
| 4522 | } |
| 4523 | } |
| 4524 | |
John McCall | b13c87f | 2009-11-05 09:23:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4525 | Diag(OpLoc, PD) |
John McCall | 45aa455 | 2009-11-05 00:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4526 | << lex->getType() << rex->getType() |
| 4527 | << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
| 4528 | } |
| 4529 | |
Douglas Gregor | 0c6db94 | 2009-05-04 06:07:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4530 | // C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel] |
Chris Lattner | 29a1cfb | 2008-11-18 01:30:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4531 | QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, |
Douglas Gregor | a86b832 | 2009-04-06 18:45:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4532 | unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) { |
| 4533 | BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc; |
| 4534 | |
Nate Begeman | be2341d | 2008-07-14 18:02:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4535 | if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) |
Chris Lattner | 29a1cfb | 2008-11-18 01:30:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4536 | return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4537 | |
John McCall | 5dbad3d | 2009-11-06 08:49:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4538 | CheckSignCompare(lex, rex, Loc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_comparison, |
| 4539 | (Opc == BinaryOperator::EQ || Opc == BinaryOperator::NE)); |
John McCall | 45aa455 | 2009-11-05 00:40:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4540 | |
Chris Lattner | a5937dd | 2007-08-26 01:18:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4541 | // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4 |
Steve Naroff | 30bf771 | 2007-08-10 18:26:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4542 | if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) |
| 4543 | UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex); |
| 4544 | else { |
| 4545 | UsualUnaryConversions(lex); |
| 4546 | UsualUnaryConversions(rex); |
| 4547 | } |
Steve Naroff | c80b4ee | 2007-07-16 21:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4548 | QualType lType = lex->getType(); |
| 4549 | QualType rType = rex->getType(); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4550 | |
Mike Stump | af199f3 | 2009-05-07 18:43:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4551 | if (!lType->isFloatingType() |
| 4552 | && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) { |
Chris Lattner | 55660a7 | 2009-03-08 19:39:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4553 | // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form |
| 4554 | // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and |
| 4555 | // often indicate logic errors in the program. |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4556 | // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise |
Ted Kremenek | 9ecede7 | 2009-03-20 19:57:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4557 | // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate. |
Chris Lattner | 55660a7 | 2009-03-08 19:39:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4558 | Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens(); |
| 4559 | Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens(); |
| 4560 | if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped)) |
| 4561 | if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped)) |
Ted Kremenek | b82dcd8 | 2009-03-20 18:35:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4562 | if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() && |
| 4563 | !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl())) |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4564 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4565 | |
Chris Lattner | 55660a7 | 2009-03-08 19:39:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4566 | if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped)) |
| 4567 | LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts(); |
| 4568 | if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped)) |
| 4569 | RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts(); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4570 | |
Chris Lattner | 55660a7 | 2009-03-08 19:39:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4571 | // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other |
| 4572 | // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp. |
Douglas Gregor | a86b832 | 2009-04-06 18:45:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4573 | Expr *literalString = 0; |
| 4574 | Expr *literalStringStripped = 0; |
Chris Lattner | 55660a7 | 2009-03-08 19:39:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4575 | if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) && |
Douglas Gregor | ce94049 | 2009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4576 | !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context, |
| 4577 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { |
Douglas Gregor | a86b832 | 2009-04-06 18:45:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4578 | literalString = lex; |
| 4579 | literalStringStripped = LHSStripped; |
Mike Stump | ac5fc7c | 2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4580 | } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) || |
| 4581 | isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) && |
Douglas Gregor | ce94049 | 2009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4582 | !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context, |
| 4583 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { |
Douglas Gregor | a86b832 | 2009-04-06 18:45:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4584 | literalString = rex; |
| 4585 | literalStringStripped = RHSStripped; |
| 4586 | } |
| 4587 | |
| 4588 | if (literalString) { |
| 4589 | std::string resultComparison; |
| 4590 | switch (Opc) { |
| 4591 | case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break; |
| 4592 | case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break; |
| 4593 | case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break; |
| 4594 | case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break; |
| 4595 | case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break; |
| 4596 | case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break; |
| 4597 | default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator"); |
| 4598 | } |
| 4599 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare) |
| 4600 | << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped) |
| 4601 | << literalString->getSourceRange() |
Douglas Gregor | a3a8351 | 2009-04-01 23:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4602 | << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ") |
| 4603 | << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(), |
| 4604 | "strcmp(") |
| 4605 | << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion( |
| 4606 | PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()), |
Douglas Gregor | a86b832 | 2009-04-06 18:45:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4607 | resultComparison); |
| 4608 | } |
Ted Kremenek | 3ca0bf2 | 2007-10-29 16:58:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4609 | } |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4610 | |
Douglas Gregor | 447b69e | 2008-11-19 03:25:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4611 | // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C. |
Chris Lattner | 55660a7 | 2009-03-08 19:39:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4612 | QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy; |
Douglas Gregor | 447b69e | 2008-11-19 03:25:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4613 | |
Chris Lattner | a5937dd | 2007-08-26 01:18:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4614 | if (isRelational) { |
| 4615 | if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType()) |
Douglas Gregor | 447b69e | 2008-11-19 03:25:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4616 | return ResultTy; |
Chris Lattner | a5937dd | 2007-08-26 01:18:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4617 | } else { |
Ted Kremenek | 72cb1ae | 2007-10-29 17:13:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4618 | // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==. |
Ted Kremenek | 72cb1ae | 2007-10-29 17:13:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4619 | if (lType->isFloatingType()) { |
Chris Lattner | 55660a7 | 2009-03-08 19:39:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4620 | assert(rType->isFloatingType()); |
Chris Lattner | 29a1cfb | 2008-11-18 01:30:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4621 | CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex); |
Ted Kremenek | 6a26155 | 2007-10-29 16:40:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4622 | } |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4623 | |
Chris Lattner | a5937dd | 2007-08-26 01:18:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4624 | if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType()) |
Douglas Gregor | 447b69e | 2008-11-19 03:25:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4625 | return ResultTy; |
Chris Lattner | a5937dd | 2007-08-26 01:18:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4626 | } |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4627 | |
Douglas Gregor | ce94049 | 2009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4628 | bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context, |
| 4629 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull); |
| 4630 | bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context, |
| 4631 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4632 | |
Chris Lattner | a5937dd | 2007-08-26 01:18:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4633 | // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except |
| 4634 | // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them |
| 4635 | // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled). |
Steve Naroff | 77878cc | 2007-08-27 04:08:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4636 | if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2 |
Chris Lattner | bc896f5 | 2008-04-03 05:07:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4637 | QualType LCanPointeeTy = |
Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4638 | Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); |
Chris Lattner | bc896f5 | 2008-04-03 05:07:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4639 | QualType RCanPointeeTy = |
Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4640 | Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4641 | |
Douglas Gregor | 0c6db94 | 2009-05-04 06:07:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4642 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
Eli Friedman | 3075e76 | 2009-08-23 00:27:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4643 | if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy) |
| 4644 | return ResultTy; |
| 4645 | |
Douglas Gregor | 0c6db94 | 2009-05-04 06:07:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4646 | // C++ [expr.rel]p2: |
| 4647 | // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification |
| 4648 | // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on |
| 4649 | // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring |
| 4650 | // them to their composite pointer type. [...] |
| 4651 | // |
Douglas Gregor | 20b3e99 | 2009-08-24 17:42:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4652 | // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality |
Douglas Gregor | 0c6db94 | 2009-05-04 06:07:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4653 | // comparisons of pointers. |
Douglas Gregor | de866f3 | 2009-05-05 04:50:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4654 | QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex); |
Douglas Gregor | 0c6db94 | 2009-05-04 06:07:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4655 | if (T.isNull()) { |
| 4656 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers) |
| 4657 | << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
| 4658 | return QualType(); |
| 4659 | } |
| 4660 | |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4661 | ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| 4662 | ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
Douglas Gregor | 0c6db94 | 2009-05-04 06:07:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4663 | return ResultTy; |
| 4664 | } |
Eli Friedman | 3075e76 | 2009-08-23 00:27:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4665 | // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2 |
| 4666 | if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(), |
| 4667 | RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) { |
| 4668 | // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers |
| 4669 | if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) { |
| 4670 | Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers) |
| 4671 | << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
| 4672 | } |
| 4673 | } else if (!isRelational && |
| 4674 | (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) { |
| 4675 | // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer |
| 4676 | if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) |
| 4677 | && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) { |
| 4678 | Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void) |
| 4679 | << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
| 4680 | } |
| 4681 | } else { |
| 4682 | // Invalid |
Chris Lattner | c9c7c4e | 2008-11-18 22:52:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4683 | Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers) |
Chris Lattner | d162584 | 2008-11-24 06:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4684 | << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4685 | } |
Eli Friedman | 3075e76 | 2009-08-23 00:27:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4686 | if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy) |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4687 | ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
Douglas Gregor | 447b69e | 2008-11-19 03:25:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4688 | return ResultTy; |
Steve Naroff | e77fd3c | 2007-08-16 21:48:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4689 | } |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4690 | |
Sebastian Redl | 6e8ed16 | 2009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4691 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4692 | // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality |
Douglas Gregor | 20b3e99 | 2009-08-24 17:42:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4693 | // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants. |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4694 | if (RHSIsNull && |
Douglas Gregor | 20b3e99 | 2009-08-24 17:42:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4695 | (lType->isPointerType() || |
| 4696 | (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) { |
Anders Carlsson | 26ba850 | 2009-08-24 18:03:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4697 | ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer); |
Sebastian Redl | 6e8ed16 | 2009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4698 | return ResultTy; |
| 4699 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 20b3e99 | 2009-08-24 17:42:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4700 | if (LHSIsNull && |
| 4701 | (rType->isPointerType() || |
| 4702 | (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) { |
Anders Carlsson | 26ba850 | 2009-08-24 18:03:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4703 | ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer); |
Sebastian Redl | 6e8ed16 | 2009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4704 | return ResultTy; |
| 4705 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 20b3e99 | 2009-08-24 17:42:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4706 | |
| 4707 | // Comparison of member pointers. |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4708 | if (!isRelational && |
Douglas Gregor | 20b3e99 | 2009-08-24 17:42:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4709 | lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) { |
| 4710 | // C++ [expr.eq]p2: |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4711 | // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to |
| 4712 | // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions |
| 4713 | // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring |
| 4714 | // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant, |
| 4715 | // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the |
| 4716 | // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type |
| 4717 | // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4) |
| 4718 | // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand |
Douglas Gregor | 20b3e99 | 2009-08-24 17:42:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4719 | // types. |
| 4720 | QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex); |
| 4721 | if (T.isNull()) { |
| 4722 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers) |
| 4723 | << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
| 4724 | return QualType(); |
| 4725 | } |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4726 | |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4727 | ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
| 4728 | ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
Douglas Gregor | 20b3e99 | 2009-08-24 17:42:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4729 | return ResultTy; |
| 4730 | } |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4731 | |
Douglas Gregor | 20b3e99 | 2009-08-24 17:42:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4732 | // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself. |
Sebastian Redl | 6e8ed16 | 2009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4733 | if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType()) |
| 4734 | return ResultTy; |
| 4735 | } |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4736 | |
Steve Naroff | 1c7d067 | 2008-09-04 15:10:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4737 | // Handle block pointer types. |
Mike Stump | dd3e166 | 2009-05-07 03:14:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4738 | if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) { |
Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4739 | QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
| 4740 | QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4741 | |
Steve Naroff | 1c7d067 | 2008-09-04 15:10:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4742 | if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && |
Eli Friedman | 26784c1 | 2009-06-08 05:08:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4743 | !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) { |
Chris Lattner | c9c7c4e | 2008-11-18 22:52:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4744 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks) |
Chris Lattner | d162584 | 2008-11-24 06:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4745 | << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
Steve Naroff | 1c7d067 | 2008-09-04 15:10:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4746 | } |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4747 | ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
Douglas Gregor | 447b69e | 2008-11-19 03:25:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4748 | return ResultTy; |
Steve Naroff | 1c7d067 | 2008-09-04 15:10:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4749 | } |
Steve Naroff | 59f5394 | 2008-09-28 01:11:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4750 | // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants. |
Mike Stump | dd3e166 | 2009-05-07 03:14:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4751 | if (!isRelational |
| 4752 | && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) |
| 4753 | || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) { |
Steve Naroff | 59f5394 | 2008-09-28 01:11:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4754 | if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) { |
Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4755 | if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>() |
Mike Stump | dd3e166 | 2009-05-07 03:14:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4756 | ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) |
Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4757 | || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>() |
Mike Stump | dd3e166 | 2009-05-07 03:14:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4758 | ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()))) |
| 4759 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks) |
| 4760 | << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
Steve Naroff | 59f5394 | 2008-09-28 01:11:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4761 | } |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4762 | ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
Douglas Gregor | 447b69e | 2008-11-19 03:25:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4763 | return ResultTy; |
Steve Naroff | 59f5394 | 2008-09-28 01:11:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4764 | } |
Steve Naroff | 1c7d067 | 2008-09-04 15:10:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4765 | |
Steve Naroff | 14108da | 2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4766 | if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) { |
Steve Naroff | a5ad863 | 2008-10-27 10:33:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4767 | if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) { |
Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4768 | const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>(); |
| 4769 | const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>(); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4770 | bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ? |
Steve Naroff | a8069f1 | 2008-11-17 19:49:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4771 | Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false; |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4772 | bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ? |
Steve Naroff | a8069f1 | 2008-11-17 19:49:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4773 | Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false; |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4774 | |
Steve Naroff | a8069f1 | 2008-11-17 19:49:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4775 | if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid && |
| 4776 | !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) { |
Chris Lattner | c9c7c4e | 2008-11-18 22:52:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4777 | Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers) |
Chris Lattner | d162584 | 2008-11-24 06:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4778 | << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
Steve Naroff | a5ad863 | 2008-10-27 10:33:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4779 | } |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4780 | ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
Douglas Gregor | 447b69e | 2008-11-19 03:25:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4781 | return ResultTy; |
Steve Naroff | 87f3b93 | 2008-10-20 18:19:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4782 | } |
Steve Naroff | 14108da | 2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4783 | if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { |
Chris Lattner | 6365e3e | 2009-08-22 18:58:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4784 | if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) |
Steve Naroff | 14108da | 2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4785 | Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers) |
| 4786 | << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4787 | ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast); |
Douglas Gregor | 447b69e | 2008-11-19 03:25:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4788 | return ResultTy; |
Steve Naroff | 2037322 | 2008-06-03 14:04:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4789 | } |
Fariborz Jahanian | 7359f04 | 2007-12-20 01:06:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4790 | } |
Steve Naroff | 58f9f2c | 2009-07-14 18:25:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4791 | if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) { |
Chris Lattner | 06c0f5b | 2009-08-23 00:03:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4792 | unsigned DiagID = 0; |
| 4793 | if (RHSIsNull) { |
| 4794 | if (isRelational) |
| 4795 | DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero; |
| 4796 | } else if (isRelational) |
| 4797 | DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer; |
| 4798 | else |
| 4799 | DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer; |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4800 | |
Chris Lattner | 06c0f5b | 2009-08-23 00:03:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4801 | if (DiagID) { |
Chris Lattner | 6365e3e | 2009-08-22 18:58:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4802 | Diag(Loc, DiagID) |
Chris Lattner | 149f138 | 2009-06-30 06:24:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4803 | << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
Chris Lattner | 6365e3e | 2009-08-22 18:58:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4804 | } |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4805 | ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer); |
Douglas Gregor | 447b69e | 2008-11-19 03:25:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4806 | return ResultTy; |
Steve Naroff | e77fd3c | 2007-08-16 21:48:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4807 | } |
Steve Naroff | 58f9f2c | 2009-07-14 18:25:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4808 | if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) { |
Chris Lattner | 06c0f5b | 2009-08-23 00:03:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4809 | unsigned DiagID = 0; |
| 4810 | if (LHSIsNull) { |
| 4811 | if (isRelational) |
| 4812 | DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero; |
| 4813 | } else if (isRelational) |
| 4814 | DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer; |
| 4815 | else |
| 4816 | DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer; |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4817 | |
Chris Lattner | 06c0f5b | 2009-08-23 00:03:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4818 | if (DiagID) { |
Chris Lattner | 6365e3e | 2009-08-22 18:58:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4819 | Diag(Loc, DiagID) |
Chris Lattner | 149f138 | 2009-06-30 06:24:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4820 | << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange(); |
Chris Lattner | 6365e3e | 2009-08-22 18:58:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4821 | } |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4822 | ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer); |
Douglas Gregor | 447b69e | 2008-11-19 03:25:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4823 | return ResultTy; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4824 | } |
Steve Naroff | 39218df | 2008-09-04 16:56:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4825 | // Handle block pointers. |
Mike Stump | af199f3 | 2009-05-07 18:43:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4826 | if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull |
| 4827 | && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) { |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4828 | ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer); |
Douglas Gregor | 447b69e | 2008-11-19 03:25:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4829 | return ResultTy; |
Steve Naroff | 39218df | 2008-09-04 16:56:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4830 | } |
Mike Stump | af199f3 | 2009-05-07 18:43:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4831 | if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull |
| 4832 | && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) { |
Eli Friedman | 73c39ab | 2009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4833 | ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer); |
Douglas Gregor | 447b69e | 2008-11-19 03:25:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4834 | return ResultTy; |
Steve Naroff | 39218df | 2008-09-04 16:56:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4835 | } |
Chris Lattner | 29a1cfb | 2008-11-18 01:30:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4836 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4837 | } |
| 4838 | |
Nate Begeman | be2341d | 2008-07-14 18:02:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4839 | /// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4840 | /// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result, |
Nate Begeman | be2341d | 2008-07-14 18:02:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4841 | /// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer |
| 4842 | /// types. |
| 4843 | QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, |
Chris Lattner | 29a1cfb | 2008-11-18 01:30:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4844 | SourceLocation Loc, |
Nate Begeman | be2341d | 2008-07-14 18:02:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4845 | bool isRelational) { |
| 4846 | // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width, |
| 4847 | // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type. |
Chris Lattner | 29a1cfb | 2008-11-18 01:30:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4848 | QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex); |
Nate Begeman | be2341d | 2008-07-14 18:02:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4849 | if (vType.isNull()) |
| 4850 | return vType; |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4851 | |
Nate Begeman | be2341d | 2008-07-14 18:02:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4852 | QualType lType = lex->getType(); |
| 4853 | QualType rType = rex->getType(); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4854 | |
Nate Begeman | be2341d | 2008-07-14 18:02:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4855 | // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form |
| 4856 | // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and |
| 4857 | // often indicate logic errors in the program. |
| 4858 | if (!lType->isFloatingType()) { |
| 4859 | if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens())) |
| 4860 | if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens())) |
| 4861 | if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl()) |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4862 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison); |
Nate Begeman | be2341d | 2008-07-14 18:02:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4863 | } |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4864 | |
Nate Begeman | be2341d | 2008-07-14 18:02:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4865 | // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==. |
| 4866 | if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) { |
| 4867 | assert (rType->isFloatingType()); |
Chris Lattner | 29a1cfb | 2008-11-18 01:30:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4868 | CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex); |
Nate Begeman | be2341d | 2008-07-14 18:02:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4869 | } |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4870 | |
Nate Begeman | be2341d | 2008-07-14 18:02:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4871 | // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for |
| 4872 | // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of |
| 4873 | // elements for floating point vectors. |
| 4874 | if (lType->isIntegerType()) |
| 4875 | return lType; |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4876 | |
John McCall | 183700f | 2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4877 | const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>(); |
Nate Begeman | be2341d | 2008-07-14 18:02:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4878 | unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType()); |
Nate Begeman | 59b5da6 | 2009-01-18 03:20:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4879 | if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy)) |
Nate Begeman | be2341d | 2008-07-14 18:02:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4880 | return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements()); |
Chris Lattner | d013aa1 | 2009-03-31 07:46:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4881 | if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy)) |
Nate Begeman | 59b5da6 | 2009-01-18 03:20:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4882 | return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements()); |
| 4883 | |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4884 | assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) && |
Nate Begeman | 59b5da6 | 2009-01-18 03:20:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4885 | "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare"); |
Nate Begeman | be2341d | 2008-07-14 18:02:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4886 | return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements()); |
| 4887 | } |
| 4888 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4889 | inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands( |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4890 | Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) { |
Steve Naroff | 3e5e556 | 2007-07-16 22:23:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4891 | if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) |
Chris Lattner | 29a1cfb | 2008-11-18 01:30:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4892 | return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex); |
Steve Naroff | 90045e8 | 2007-07-13 23:32:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4893 | |
Steve Naroff | 9f5fa9b | 2007-08-24 19:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4894 | QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4895 | |
Steve Naroff | a4332e2 | 2007-07-17 00:58:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4896 | if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) |
Steve Naroff | 9f5fa9b | 2007-08-24 19:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4897 | return compType; |
Chris Lattner | 29a1cfb | 2008-11-18 01:30:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4898 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4899 | } |
| 4900 | |
| 4901 | inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4902 | Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) { |
Steve Naroff | c80b4ee | 2007-07-16 21:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4903 | UsualUnaryConversions(lex); |
| 4904 | UsualUnaryConversions(rex); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4905 | |
Anders Carlsson | 0490501 | 2009-10-16 01:44:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4906 | if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType()) |
| 4907 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex); |
| 4908 | |
| 4909 | if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| 4910 | // C++ [expr.log.and]p2 |
| 4911 | // C++ [expr.log.or]p2 |
| 4912 | return Context.BoolTy; |
| 4913 | } |
| 4914 | |
| 4915 | return Context.IntTy; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4916 | } |
| 4917 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | d1fa644 | 2009-01-12 19:55:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4918 | /// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression |
| 4919 | /// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression |
| 4920 | /// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially. |
| 4921 | /// |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4922 | static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) { |
Fariborz Jahanian | d1fa644 | 2009-01-12 19:55:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4923 | if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) { |
| 4924 | const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E); |
| 4925 | if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) { |
| 4926 | QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType(); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4927 | if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = |
Steve Naroff | 14108da | 2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4928 | BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) |
| 4929 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl()) |
| 4930 | if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace)) |
| 4931 | return true; |
Fariborz Jahanian | d1fa644 | 2009-01-12 19:55:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4932 | } |
| 4933 | } |
| 4934 | return false; |
| 4935 | } |
| 4936 | |
Chris Lattner | f67bd9f | 2008-11-18 01:22:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4937 | /// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not, |
| 4938 | /// emit an error and return true. If so, return false. |
| 4939 | static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) { |
Daniel Dunbar | 44e35f7 | 2009-04-15 00:08:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4940 | SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc; |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4941 | Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context, |
Daniel Dunbar | 44e35f7 | 2009-04-15 00:08:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4942 | &Loc); |
Fariborz Jahanian | d1fa644 | 2009-01-12 19:55:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4943 | if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S)) |
| 4944 | IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty; |
Chris Lattner | f67bd9f | 2008-11-18 01:22:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4945 | if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid) |
| 4946 | return false; |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4947 | |
Chris Lattner | f67bd9f | 2008-11-18 01:22:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4948 | unsigned Diag = 0; |
| 4949 | bool NeedType = false; |
| 4950 | switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2 |
| 4951 | default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!"); |
| 4952 | case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break; |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4953 | case Expr::MLV_ArrayType: |
Chris Lattner | f67bd9f | 2008-11-18 01:22:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4954 | Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue; |
| 4955 | NeedType = true; |
| 4956 | break; |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4957 | case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType: |
Chris Lattner | f67bd9f | 2008-11-18 01:22:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4958 | Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue; |
| 4959 | NeedType = true; |
| 4960 | break; |
Chris Lattner | ca354fa | 2008-11-17 19:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4961 | case Expr::MLV_LValueCast: |
Chris Lattner | f67bd9f | 2008-11-18 01:22:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4962 | Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported; |
| 4963 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 5cf216b | 2008-01-04 18:04:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4964 | case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression: |
Chris Lattner | f67bd9f | 2008-11-18 01:22:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4965 | Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue; |
| 4966 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 5cf216b | 2008-01-04 18:04:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4967 | case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType: |
| 4968 | case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType: |
Douglas Gregor | 86447ec | 2009-03-09 16:13:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4969 | return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(), |
Anders Carlsson | b790661 | 2009-08-26 23:45:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4970 | PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue) |
| 4971 | << E->getSourceRange()); |
Chris Lattner | 5cf216b | 2008-01-04 18:04:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4972 | case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents: |
Chris Lattner | f67bd9f | 2008-11-18 01:22:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4973 | Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue; |
| 4974 | break; |
Steve Naroff | 4f6a7d7 | 2008-09-26 14:41:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4975 | case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified: |
Chris Lattner | f67bd9f | 2008-11-18 01:22:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4976 | Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue; |
| 4977 | break; |
Fariborz Jahanian | 5daf570 | 2008-11-22 18:39:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4978 | case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty: |
| 4979 | Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment; |
| 4980 | break; |
Fariborz Jahanian | ba8d2d6 | 2008-11-22 20:25:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4981 | case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty: |
| 4982 | Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment; |
| 4983 | break; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4984 | } |
Steve Naroff | d1861fd | 2007-07-31 12:34:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4985 | |
Daniel Dunbar | 44e35f7 | 2009-04-15 00:08:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4986 | SourceRange Assign; |
| 4987 | if (Loc != OrigLoc) |
| 4988 | Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc); |
Chris Lattner | f67bd9f | 2008-11-18 01:22:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4989 | if (NeedType) |
Daniel Dunbar | 44e35f7 | 2009-04-15 00:08:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4990 | S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign; |
Chris Lattner | f67bd9f | 2008-11-18 01:22:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4991 | else |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4992 | S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign; |
Chris Lattner | f67bd9f | 2008-11-18 01:22:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4993 | return true; |
| 4994 | } |
| 4995 | |
| 4996 | |
| 4997 | |
| 4998 | // C99 6.5.16.1 |
Chris Lattner | 29a1cfb | 2008-11-18 01:30:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4999 | QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, |
| 5000 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 5001 | QualType CompoundType) { |
| 5002 | // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not. |
| 5003 | if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this)) |
Chris Lattner | f67bd9f | 2008-11-18 01:22:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5004 | return QualType(); |
Chris Lattner | 29a1cfb | 2008-11-18 01:30:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5005 | |
| 5006 | QualType LHSType = LHS->getType(); |
| 5007 | QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType; |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5008 | |
Chris Lattner | 5cf216b | 2008-01-04 18:04:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5009 | AssignConvertType ConvTy; |
Chris Lattner | 29a1cfb | 2008-11-18 01:30:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5010 | if (CompoundType.isNull()) { |
Chris Lattner | 2c15647 | 2008-08-21 18:04:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5011 | // Simple assignment "x = y". |
Chris Lattner | 29a1cfb | 2008-11-18 01:30:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5012 | ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS); |
Fariborz Jahanian | fa23c1d | 2009-01-13 23:34:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5013 | // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types. |
| 5014 | if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer && |
| 5015 | ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) && |
Steve Naroff | f495456 | 2009-07-16 15:41:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5016 | RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) || |
Fariborz Jahanian | fa23c1d | 2009-01-13 23:34:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5017 | (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) && |
Steve Naroff | f495456 | 2009-07-16 15:41:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5018 | LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()))) |
Fariborz Jahanian | fa23c1d | 2009-01-13 23:34:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5019 | ConvTy = Compatible; |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5020 | |
Chris Lattner | 2c15647 | 2008-08-21 18:04:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5021 | // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are |
| 5022 | // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4" |
| 5023 | // instead of "x += 4". |
Chris Lattner | 29a1cfb | 2008-11-18 01:30:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5024 | Expr *RHSCheck = RHS; |
Chris Lattner | 2c15647 | 2008-08-21 18:04:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5025 | if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck)) |
| 5026 | RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr(); |
| 5027 | if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) { |
| 5028 | if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus || |
| 5029 | UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) && |
Chris Lattner | 29a1cfb | 2008-11-18 01:30:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5030 | Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() && |
Chris Lattner | 2c15647 | 2008-08-21 18:04:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5031 | // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent. |
Chris Lattner | 399bd1b | 2009-03-08 06:51:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5032 | Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() && |
| 5033 | // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the |
| 5034 | // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1". |
Chris Lattner | 3e87209 | 2009-03-09 07:11:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5035 | Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() && |
| 5036 | UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) { |
Chris Lattner | d3a94e2 | 2008-11-20 06:06:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5037 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign) |
| 5038 | << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-") |
| 5039 | << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc()); |
Chris Lattner | 399bd1b | 2009-03-08 06:51:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5040 | } |
Chris Lattner | 2c15647 | 2008-08-21 18:04:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5041 | } |
| 5042 | } else { |
| 5043 | // Compound assignment "x += y" |
Eli Friedman | 623712b | 2009-05-16 05:56:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5044 | ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType); |
Chris Lattner | 2c15647 | 2008-08-21 18:04:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5045 | } |
Chris Lattner | 5cf216b | 2008-01-04 18:04:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5046 | |
Chris Lattner | 29a1cfb | 2008-11-18 01:30:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5047 | if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType, |
| 5048 | RHS, "assigning")) |
Chris Lattner | 5cf216b | 2008-01-04 18:04:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5049 | return QualType(); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5050 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5051 | // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the |
| 5052 | // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5053 | // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand. |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5054 | // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand |
| 5055 | // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above). |
Chris Lattner | 73d0d4f | 2007-08-30 17:45:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5056 | // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left |
Douglas Gregor | 2d833e3 | 2009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5057 | // operand. |
Chris Lattner | 29a1cfb | 2008-11-18 01:30:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5058 | return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5059 | } |
| 5060 | |
Chris Lattner | 29a1cfb | 2008-11-18 01:30:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5061 | // C99 6.5.17 |
| 5062 | QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) { |
Chris Lattner | 53fcaa9 | 2008-07-25 20:54:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5063 | // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions. |
Chris Lattner | 29a1cfb | 2008-11-18 01:30:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5064 | DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS); |
Eli Friedman | b1d796d | 2009-03-23 00:24:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5065 | |
| 5066 | // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be |
| 5067 | // incomplete in C++). |
| 5068 | |
Chris Lattner | 29a1cfb | 2008-11-18 01:30:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5069 | return RHS->getType(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5070 | } |
| 5071 | |
Steve Naroff | 49b4526 | 2007-07-13 16:58:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5072 | /// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine |
| 5073 | /// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions. |
Sebastian Redl | e6d5a4a | 2008-12-20 09:35:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5074 | QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 5075 | bool isInc) { |
Sebastian Redl | 2850784 | 2009-02-26 14:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5076 | if (Op->isTypeDependent()) |
| 5077 | return Context.DependentTy; |
| 5078 | |
Chris Lattner | 3528d35 | 2008-11-21 07:05:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5079 | QualType ResType = Op->getType(); |
| 5080 | assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression"); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5081 | |
Sebastian Redl | e6d5a4a | 2008-12-20 09:35:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5082 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) { |
| 5083 | // Decrement of bool is not allowed. |
| 5084 | if (!isInc) { |
| 5085 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange(); |
| 5086 | return QualType(); |
| 5087 | } |
| 5088 | // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated. |
| 5089 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange(); |
| 5090 | } else if (ResType->isRealType()) { |
Chris Lattner | 3528d35 | 2008-11-21 07:05:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5091 | // OK! |
Steve Naroff | 58f9f2c | 2009-07-14 18:25:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5092 | } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) { |
| 5093 | QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType(); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5094 | |
Chris Lattner | 3528d35 | 2008-11-21 07:05:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5095 | // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2 |
Steve Naroff | 14108da | 2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5096 | if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) { |
Douglas Gregor | c983b86 | 2009-01-23 00:36:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5097 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| 5098 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type) |
| 5099 | << Op->getSourceRange(); |
| 5100 | return QualType(); |
| 5101 | } |
| 5102 | |
| 5103 | // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C. |
Chris Lattner | 3528d35 | 2008-11-21 07:05:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5104 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange(); |
Steve Naroff | 14108da | 2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5105 | } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) { |
Douglas Gregor | c983b86 | 2009-01-23 00:36:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5106 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| 5107 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type) |
| 5108 | << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange(); |
| 5109 | return QualType(); |
| 5110 | } |
| 5111 | |
| 5112 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith) |
Chris Lattner | d162584 | 2008-11-24 06:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5113 | << ResType << Op->getSourceRange(); |
Steve Naroff | 14108da | 2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5114 | } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy, |
Anders Carlsson | d497ba7 | 2009-08-26 22:59:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5115 | PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type) |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5116 | << Op->getSourceRange() |
Anders Carlsson | d497ba7 | 2009-08-26 22:59:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5117 | << ResType)) |
Douglas Gregor | 4ec339f | 2009-01-19 19:26:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5118 | return QualType(); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 9f8a04f | 2009-07-16 17:59:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5119 | // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts. |
| 5120 | else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) { |
| 5121 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface) |
| 5122 | << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange(); |
| 5123 | return QualType(); |
| 5124 | } |
Chris Lattner | 3528d35 | 2008-11-21 07:05:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5125 | } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) { |
| 5126 | // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension. |
| 5127 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex) |
Chris Lattner | d162584 | 2008-11-24 06:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5128 | << ResType << Op->getSourceRange(); |
Chris Lattner | 3528d35 | 2008-11-21 07:05:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5129 | } else { |
| 5130 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement) |
Chris Lattner | d162584 | 2008-11-24 06:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5131 | << ResType << Op->getSourceRange(); |
Chris Lattner | 3528d35 | 2008-11-21 07:05:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5132 | return QualType(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5133 | } |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5134 | // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type. |
Steve Naroff | dd10e02 | 2007-08-23 21:37:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5135 | // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue. |
Chris Lattner | 3528d35 | 2008-11-21 07:05:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5136 | if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this)) |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5137 | return QualType(); |
Chris Lattner | 3528d35 | 2008-11-21 07:05:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5138 | return ResType; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5139 | } |
| 5140 | |
Anders Carlsson | 369dee4 | 2008-02-01 07:15:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5141 | /// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand(). |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5142 | /// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions |
Daniel Dunbar | 1e76ce6 | 2008-08-04 20:02:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5143 | /// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to |
| 5144 | /// handle cases when the expression references a function designator |
| 5145 | /// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples: |
| 5146 | /// - &(x) => x |
| 5147 | /// - &*****f => f for f a function designator. |
| 5148 | /// - &s.xx => s |
| 5149 | /// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array |
| 5150 | /// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array |
| 5151 | /// - &"123"[2] -> 0 |
| 5152 | /// - & __real__ x -> x |
Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5153 | static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) { |
Chris Lattner | f0467b3 | 2008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5154 | switch (E->getStmtClass()) { |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5155 | case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: |
Chris Lattner | f0467b3 | 2008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5156 | return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5157 | case Stmt::MemberExprClass: |
Eli Friedman | 23d58ce | 2009-04-20 08:23:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5158 | // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from |
| 5159 | // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is |
| 5160 | // irrelevant. |
Chris Lattner | f0467b3 | 2008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5161 | if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow()) |
Chris Lattner | f82228f | 2007-11-16 17:46:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5162 | return 0; |
Eli Friedman | 23d58ce | 2009-04-20 08:23:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5163 | // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base |
Chris Lattner | f0467b3 | 2008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5164 | return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase()); |
Anders Carlsson | 369dee4 | 2008-02-01 07:15:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5165 | case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: { |
Mike Stump | 390b4cc | 2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5166 | // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit |
| 5167 | // promotion of register arrays earlier. |
Eli Friedman | 23d58ce | 2009-04-20 08:23:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5168 | Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase(); |
| 5169 | if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) { |
| 5170 | if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType()) |
| 5171 | return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr()); |
| 5172 | } |
| 5173 | return 0; |
Anders Carlsson | 369dee4 | 2008-02-01 07:15:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5174 | } |
Daniel Dunbar | 1e76ce6 | 2008-08-04 20:02:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5175 | case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: { |
| 5176 | UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5177 | |
Daniel Dunbar | 1e76ce6 | 2008-08-04 20:02:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5178 | switch(UO->getOpcode()) { |
Daniel Dunbar | 1e76ce6 | 2008-08-04 20:02:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5179 | case UnaryOperator::Real: |
| 5180 | case UnaryOperator::Imag: |
| 5181 | case UnaryOperator::Extension: |
| 5182 | return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr()); |
| 5183 | default: |
| 5184 | return 0; |
| 5185 | } |
| 5186 | } |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5187 | case Stmt::ParenExprClass: |
Chris Lattner | f0467b3 | 2008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5188 | return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr()); |
Chris Lattner | f82228f | 2007-11-16 17:46:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5189 | case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: |
Eli Friedman | 23d58ce | 2009-04-20 08:23:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5190 | // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about |
| 5191 | // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter. |
Chris Lattner | f0467b3 | 2008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5192 | return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr()); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5193 | default: |
| 5194 | return 0; |
| 5195 | } |
| 5196 | } |
| 5197 | |
| 5198 | /// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5199 | /// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5200 | /// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field. |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5201 | /// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the & |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5202 | /// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue. |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5203 | /// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case |
Douglas Gregor | 904eed3 | 2008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5204 | /// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type. |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5205 | QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) { |
Eli Friedman | 23d58ce | 2009-04-20 08:23:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5206 | // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks |
| 5207 | op = op->IgnoreParens(); |
| 5208 | |
Douglas Gregor | 9103bb2 | 2008-12-17 22:52:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5209 | if (op->isTypeDependent()) |
| 5210 | return Context.DependentTy; |
| 5211 | |
Steve Naroff | 08f1967 | 2008-01-13 17:10:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5212 | if (getLangOptions().C99) { |
| 5213 | // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules. |
| 5214 | if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) { |
| 5215 | if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref) |
| 5216 | // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result |
| 5217 | // (assuming the deref expression is valid). |
| 5218 | return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType(); |
| 5219 | } |
| 5220 | // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript |
| 5221 | // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway. |
| 5222 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5223 | NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op); |
Chris Lattner | 28be73f | 2008-07-26 21:30:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5224 | Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context); |
Nuno Lopes | 6b6609f | 2008-12-16 22:59:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5225 | |
Eli Friedman | 441cf10 | 2009-05-16 23:27:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5226 | if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) { |
| 5227 | // C99 6.5.3.2p1 |
Eli Friedman | 23d58ce | 2009-04-20 08:23:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5228 | // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator |
Eli Friedman | 441cf10 | 2009-05-16 23:27:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5229 | if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) { |
Chris Lattner | f82228f | 2007-11-16 17:46:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5230 | // FIXME: emit more specific diag... |
Chris Lattner | dcd5ef1 | 2008-11-19 05:27:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5231 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof) |
| 5232 | << op->getSourceRange(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5233 | return QualType(); |
| 5234 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 33bbbc5 | 2009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5235 | } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1 |
Eli Friedman | 23d58ce | 2009-04-20 08:23:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5236 | // The operand cannot be a bit-field |
| 5237 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of) |
| 5238 | << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange(); |
Douglas Gregor | 86f1940 | 2008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5239 | return QualType(); |
Nate Begeman | b104b1f | 2009-02-15 22:45:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5240 | } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) && |
| 5241 | cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){ |
Eli Friedman | 23d58ce | 2009-04-20 08:23:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5242 | // The operand cannot be an element of a vector |
Chris Lattner | d3a94e2 | 2008-11-20 06:06:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5243 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of) |
Nate Begeman | b104b1f | 2009-02-15 22:45:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5244 | << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange(); |
Steve Naroff | bcb2b61 | 2008-02-29 23:30:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5245 | return QualType(); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 0337f21 | 2009-07-07 18:50:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5246 | } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) { |
| 5247 | // cannot take address of a property expression. |
| 5248 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of) |
| 5249 | << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange(); |
| 5250 | return QualType(); |
Anders Carlsson | 1d524c3 | 2009-09-14 23:15:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5251 | } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) { |
| 5252 | // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here? |
Anders Carlsson | 474e102 | 2009-09-15 16:03:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5253 | if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull()) |
| 5254 | return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc); |
John McCall | ba13543 | 2009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5255 | } else if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(op)) { |
| 5256 | return Context.OverloadTy; |
Steve Naroff | bcb2b61 | 2008-02-29 23:30:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5257 | } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1 |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5258 | // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5259 | // with the register storage-class specifier. |
| 5260 | if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) { |
| 5261 | if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) { |
Chris Lattner | d3a94e2 | 2008-11-20 06:06:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5262 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of) |
| 5263 | << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5264 | return QualType(); |
| 5265 | } |
John McCall | ba13543 | 2009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5266 | } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { |
Douglas Gregor | 904eed3 | 2008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5267 | return Context.OverloadTy; |
Anders Carlsson | f9e48bd | 2009-07-08 21:45:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5268 | } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) { |
Douglas Gregor | 2988205 | 2008-12-10 21:26:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5269 | // Okay: we can take the address of a field. |
Sebastian Redl | ebc07d5 | 2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5270 | // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit |
| 5271 | // scope qualifier for the class. |
Douglas Gregor | a2813ce | 2009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5272 | if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) { |
Sebastian Redl | ebc07d5 | 2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5273 | DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext(); |
Anders Carlsson | f9e48bd | 2009-07-08 21:45:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5274 | if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) { |
| 5275 | if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) { |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5276 | Diag(OpLoc, |
Anders Carlsson | f9e48bd | 2009-07-08 21:45:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5277 | diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type) |
| 5278 | << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); |
| 5279 | return QualType(); |
| 5280 | } |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5281 | |
Sebastian Redl | ebc07d5 | 2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5282 | return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(), |
| 5283 | Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr()); |
Anders Carlsson | f9e48bd | 2009-07-08 21:45:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5284 | } |
Sebastian Redl | ebc07d5 | 2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5285 | } |
Anders Carlsson | 196f7d0 | 2009-05-16 21:43:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5286 | } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) { |
Nuno Lopes | 6fea8d2 | 2008-12-16 22:58:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5287 | // Okay: we can take the address of a function. |
Sebastian Redl | 33b399a | 2009-02-04 21:23:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5288 | // As above. |
Douglas Gregor | a2813ce | 2009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5289 | if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier() && |
| 5290 | MD->isInstance()) |
Anders Carlsson | 196f7d0 | 2009-05-16 21:43:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5291 | return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(), |
| 5292 | Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr()); |
| 5293 | } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5294 | assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type"); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5295 | } |
Sebastian Redl | 33b399a | 2009-02-04 21:23:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5296 | |
Eli Friedman | 441cf10 | 2009-05-16 23:27:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5297 | if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) { |
| 5298 | // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we |
| 5299 | // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid. |
| 5300 | // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;". |
| 5301 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange(); |
| 5302 | } |
| 5303 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5304 | // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type". |
| 5305 | return Context.getPointerType(op->getType()); |
| 5306 | } |
| 5307 | |
Chris Lattner | 22caddc | 2008-11-23 09:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5308 | QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) { |
Sebastian Redl | 2850784 | 2009-02-26 14:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5309 | if (Op->isTypeDependent()) |
| 5310 | return Context.DependentTy; |
| 5311 | |
Chris Lattner | 22caddc | 2008-11-23 09:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5312 | UsualUnaryConversions(Op); |
| 5313 | QualType Ty = Op->getType(); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5314 | |
Chris Lattner | 22caddc | 2008-11-23 09:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5315 | // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an |
| 5316 | // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing |
| 5317 | // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is |
| 5318 | // unlikely to catch any mistakes. |
Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5319 | if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) |
Steve Naroff | 08f1967 | 2008-01-13 17:10:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5320 | return PT->getPointeeType(); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5321 | |
John McCall | 183700f | 2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5322 | if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
Fariborz Jahanian | 16b1037 | 2009-09-03 00:43:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5323 | return OPT->getPointeeType(); |
Steve Naroff | 14108da | 2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5324 | |
Chris Lattner | d3a94e2 | 2008-11-20 06:06:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5325 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer) |
Chris Lattner | 22caddc | 2008-11-23 09:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5326 | << Ty << Op->getSourceRange(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5327 | return QualType(); |
| 5328 | } |
| 5329 | |
| 5330 | static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode( |
| 5331 | tok::TokenKind Kind) { |
| 5332 | BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc; |
| 5333 | switch (Kind) { |
| 5334 | default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!"); |
Sebastian Redl | 2246050 | 2009-02-07 00:15:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5335 | case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break; |
| 5336 | case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5337 | case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break; |
| 5338 | case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break; |
| 5339 | case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break; |
| 5340 | case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break; |
| 5341 | case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break; |
| 5342 | case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break; |
| 5343 | case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break; |
| 5344 | case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break; |
| 5345 | case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break; |
| 5346 | case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break; |
| 5347 | case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break; |
| 5348 | case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break; |
| 5349 | case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break; |
| 5350 | case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break; |
| 5351 | case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break; |
| 5352 | case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break; |
| 5353 | case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break; |
| 5354 | case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break; |
| 5355 | case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break; |
| 5356 | case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break; |
| 5357 | case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break; |
| 5358 | case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break; |
| 5359 | case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break; |
| 5360 | case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break; |
| 5361 | case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break; |
| 5362 | case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break; |
| 5363 | case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break; |
| 5364 | case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break; |
| 5365 | case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break; |
| 5366 | case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break; |
| 5367 | } |
| 5368 | return Opc; |
| 5369 | } |
| 5370 | |
| 5371 | static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode( |
| 5372 | tok::TokenKind Kind) { |
| 5373 | UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc; |
| 5374 | switch (Kind) { |
| 5375 | default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!"); |
| 5376 | case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break; |
| 5377 | case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break; |
| 5378 | case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break; |
| 5379 | case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break; |
| 5380 | case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break; |
| 5381 | case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break; |
| 5382 | case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break; |
| 5383 | case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5384 | case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break; |
| 5385 | case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break; |
| 5386 | case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break; |
| 5387 | } |
| 5388 | return Opc; |
| 5389 | } |
| 5390 | |
Douglas Gregor | eaebc75 | 2008-11-06 23:29:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5391 | /// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with |
| 5392 | /// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports |
| 5393 | /// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators. |
Sebastian Redl | b8a6aca | 2009-01-19 22:31:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5394 | Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 5395 | unsigned Op, |
| 5396 | Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) { |
Eli Friedman | ab3a852 | 2009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5397 | QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator. |
Douglas Gregor | eaebc75 | 2008-11-06 23:29:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5398 | BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op; |
Eli Friedman | ab3a852 | 2009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5399 | // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators |
| 5400 | QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation |
| 5401 | QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result |
Douglas Gregor | eaebc75 | 2008-11-06 23:29:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5402 | |
| 5403 | switch (Opc) { |
Douglas Gregor | eaebc75 | 2008-11-06 23:29:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5404 | case BinaryOperator::Assign: |
| 5405 | ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType()); |
| 5406 | break; |
Sebastian Redl | 2246050 | 2009-02-07 00:15:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5407 | case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD: |
| 5408 | case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI: |
| 5409 | ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, |
| 5410 | Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI); |
| 5411 | break; |
| 5412 | case BinaryOperator::Mul: |
Douglas Gregor | eaebc75 | 2008-11-06 23:29:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5413 | case BinaryOperator::Div: |
| 5414 | ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc); |
| 5415 | break; |
| 5416 | case BinaryOperator::Rem: |
| 5417 | ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc); |
| 5418 | break; |
| 5419 | case BinaryOperator::Add: |
| 5420 | ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc); |
| 5421 | break; |
| 5422 | case BinaryOperator::Sub: |
| 5423 | ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc); |
| 5424 | break; |
Sebastian Redl | 2246050 | 2009-02-07 00:15:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5425 | case BinaryOperator::Shl: |
Douglas Gregor | eaebc75 | 2008-11-06 23:29:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5426 | case BinaryOperator::Shr: |
| 5427 | ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc); |
| 5428 | break; |
| 5429 | case BinaryOperator::LE: |
| 5430 | case BinaryOperator::LT: |
| 5431 | case BinaryOperator::GE: |
| 5432 | case BinaryOperator::GT: |
Douglas Gregor | a86b832 | 2009-04-06 18:45:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5433 | ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true); |
Douglas Gregor | eaebc75 | 2008-11-06 23:29:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5434 | break; |
| 5435 | case BinaryOperator::EQ: |
| 5436 | case BinaryOperator::NE: |
Douglas Gregor | a86b832 | 2009-04-06 18:45:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5437 | ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false); |
Douglas Gregor | eaebc75 | 2008-11-06 23:29:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5438 | break; |
| 5439 | case BinaryOperator::And: |
| 5440 | case BinaryOperator::Xor: |
| 5441 | case BinaryOperator::Or: |
| 5442 | ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc); |
| 5443 | break; |
| 5444 | case BinaryOperator::LAnd: |
| 5445 | case BinaryOperator::LOr: |
| 5446 | ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc); |
| 5447 | break; |
| 5448 | case BinaryOperator::MulAssign: |
| 5449 | case BinaryOperator::DivAssign: |
Eli Friedman | ab3a852 | 2009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5450 | CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true); |
| 5451 | CompLHSTy = CompResultTy; |
| 5452 | if (!CompResultTy.isNull()) |
| 5453 | ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy); |
Douglas Gregor | eaebc75 | 2008-11-06 23:29:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5454 | break; |
| 5455 | case BinaryOperator::RemAssign: |
Eli Friedman | ab3a852 | 2009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5456 | CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true); |
| 5457 | CompLHSTy = CompResultTy; |
| 5458 | if (!CompResultTy.isNull()) |
| 5459 | ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy); |
Douglas Gregor | eaebc75 | 2008-11-06 23:29:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5460 | break; |
| 5461 | case BinaryOperator::AddAssign: |
Eli Friedman | ab3a852 | 2009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5462 | CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy); |
| 5463 | if (!CompResultTy.isNull()) |
| 5464 | ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy); |
Douglas Gregor | eaebc75 | 2008-11-06 23:29:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5465 | break; |
| 5466 | case BinaryOperator::SubAssign: |
Eli Friedman | ab3a852 | 2009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5467 | CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy); |
| 5468 | if (!CompResultTy.isNull()) |
| 5469 | ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy); |
Douglas Gregor | eaebc75 | 2008-11-06 23:29:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5470 | break; |
| 5471 | case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign: |
| 5472 | case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign: |
Eli Friedman | ab3a852 | 2009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5473 | CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true); |
| 5474 | CompLHSTy = CompResultTy; |
| 5475 | if (!CompResultTy.isNull()) |
| 5476 | ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy); |
Douglas Gregor | eaebc75 | 2008-11-06 23:29:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5477 | break; |
| 5478 | case BinaryOperator::AndAssign: |
| 5479 | case BinaryOperator::XorAssign: |
| 5480 | case BinaryOperator::OrAssign: |
Eli Friedman | ab3a852 | 2009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5481 | CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true); |
| 5482 | CompLHSTy = CompResultTy; |
| 5483 | if (!CompResultTy.isNull()) |
| 5484 | ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy); |
Douglas Gregor | eaebc75 | 2008-11-06 23:29:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5485 | break; |
| 5486 | case BinaryOperator::Comma: |
| 5487 | ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc); |
| 5488 | break; |
| 5489 | } |
| 5490 | if (ResultTy.isNull()) |
Sebastian Redl | b8a6aca | 2009-01-19 22:31:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5491 | return ExprError(); |
Eli Friedman | ab3a852 | 2009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5492 | if (CompResultTy.isNull()) |
Steve Naroff | 6ece14c | 2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5493 | return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc)); |
| 5494 | else |
| 5495 | return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, |
Eli Friedman | ab3a852 | 2009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5496 | CompLHSTy, CompResultTy, |
| 5497 | OpLoc)); |
Douglas Gregor | eaebc75 | 2008-11-06 23:29:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5498 | } |
| 5499 | |
Sebastian Redl | aee3c93 | 2009-10-27 12:10:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5500 | /// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps |
| 5501 | /// ParenRange in parentheses. |
Sebastian Redl | 6b169ac | 2009-10-26 17:01:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5502 | static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 5503 | const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
| 5504 | SourceRange ParenRange) |
| 5505 | { |
| 5506 | SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd()); |
| 5507 | if (!ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) { |
| 5508 | // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the |
| 5509 | // warning/error and return. |
| 5510 | Self.Diag(Loc, PD); |
| 5511 | return; |
| 5512 | } |
| 5513 | |
| 5514 | Self.Diag(Loc, PD) |
| 5515 | << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(") |
| 5516 | << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")"); |
| 5517 | } |
| 5518 | |
Sebastian Redl | aee3c93 | 2009-10-27 12:10:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5519 | /// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison |
| 5520 | /// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that |
| 5521 | /// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of |
| 5522 | /// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1". |
Sebastian Redl | 9e1d29b | 2009-10-26 15:24:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5523 | static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc, |
| 5524 | SourceLocation OpLoc,Expr *lhs,Expr *rhs){ |
Sebastian Redl | aee3c93 | 2009-10-27 12:10:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5525 | typedef BinaryOperator BinOp; |
| 5526 | BinOp::Opcode lhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1), |
| 5527 | rhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1); |
| 5528 | if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(lhs)) |
Sebastian Redl | 9e1d29b | 2009-10-26 15:24:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5529 | lhsopc = BO->getOpcode(); |
Sebastian Redl | aee3c93 | 2009-10-27 12:10:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5530 | if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(rhs)) |
Sebastian Redl | 9e1d29b | 2009-10-26 15:24:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5531 | rhsopc = BO->getOpcode(); |
| 5532 | |
| 5533 | // Subs are not binary operators. |
| 5534 | if (lhsopc == -1 && rhsopc == -1) |
| 5535 | return; |
| 5536 | |
| 5537 | // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops. |
| 5538 | // Don't diagnose this. |
Sebastian Redl | aee3c93 | 2009-10-27 12:10:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5539 | if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(lhsopc)) && |
| 5540 | (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(rhsopc))) |
Sebastian Redl | 9e1d29b | 2009-10-26 15:24:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5541 | return; |
| 5542 | |
Sebastian Redl | aee3c93 | 2009-10-27 12:10:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5543 | if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc)) |
Sebastian Redl | 6b169ac | 2009-10-26 17:01:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5544 | SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc, |
| 5545 | PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel) |
Sebastian Redl | aee3c93 | 2009-10-27 12:10:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5546 | << SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(), OpLoc) |
| 5547 | << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc), |
| 5548 | SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(lhs)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), rhs->getLocEnd())); |
| 5549 | else if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc)) |
Sebastian Redl | 6b169ac | 2009-10-26 17:01:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5550 | SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc, |
| 5551 | PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel) |
Sebastian Redl | aee3c93 | 2009-10-27 12:10:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5552 | << SourceRange(OpLoc, rhs->getLocEnd()) |
| 5553 | << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc), |
| 5554 | SourceRange(lhs->getLocEnd(), cast<BinOp>(rhs)->getLHS()->getLocStart())); |
Sebastian Redl | 9e1d29b | 2009-10-26 15:24:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5555 | } |
| 5556 | |
| 5557 | /// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky |
| 5558 | /// precedence. This currently diagnoses only "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3". |
| 5559 | /// But it could also warn about arg1 && arg2 || arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does. |
| 5560 | static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc, |
| 5561 | SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs){ |
Sebastian Redl | aee3c93 | 2009-10-27 12:10:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5562 | if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc)) |
Sebastian Redl | 9e1d29b | 2009-10-26 15:24:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5563 | DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, lhs, rhs); |
| 5564 | } |
| 5565 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5566 | // Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. |
Sebastian Redl | b8a6aca | 2009-01-19 22:31:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5567 | Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, |
| 5568 | tok::TokenKind Kind, |
| 5569 | ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) { |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5570 | BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind); |
Anders Carlsson | e9146f2 | 2009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5571 | Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5572 | |
Steve Naroff | f69936d | 2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5573 | assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression"); |
| 5574 | assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression"); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5575 | |
Sebastian Redl | 9e1d29b | 2009-10-26 15:24:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5576 | // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0" |
| 5577 | DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, lhs, rhs); |
| 5578 | |
Douglas Gregor | 6ca7cfb | 2009-11-05 00:51:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5579 | return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs); |
| 5580 | } |
| 5581 | |
| 5582 | Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 5583 | BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc, |
| 5584 | Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) { |
Douglas Gregor | 063daf6 | 2009-03-13 18:40:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5585 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5586 | (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() || |
Douglas Gregor | 063daf6 | 2009-03-13 18:40:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5587 | rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) { |
| 5588 | // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this |
| 5589 | // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local |
| 5590 | // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of |
| 5591 | // the arguments. |
Douglas Gregor | 3fd95ce | 2009-03-13 00:33:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5592 | FunctionSet Functions; |
Douglas Gregor | 063daf6 | 2009-03-13 18:40:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5593 | OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc); |
| 5594 | if (OverOp != OO_None) { |
Douglas Gregor | 6ca7cfb | 2009-11-05 00:51:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5595 | if (S) |
| 5596 | LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(), |
| 5597 | Functions); |
Douglas Gregor | 063daf6 | 2009-03-13 18:40:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5598 | Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs }; |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5599 | DeclarationName OpName |
Douglas Gregor | 063daf6 | 2009-03-13 18:40:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5600 | = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp); |
Sebastian Redl | 644be85 | 2009-10-23 19:23:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5601 | ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, Args, 2, Functions); |
Douglas Gregor | eb8f306 | 2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5602 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 6ca7cfb | 2009-11-05 00:51:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5603 | |
Douglas Gregor | 063daf6 | 2009-03-13 18:40:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5604 | // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent) |
| 5605 | // binary operation. |
Douglas Gregor | 6ca7cfb | 2009-11-05 00:51:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5606 | return CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs); |
Sebastian Redl | b8a6aca | 2009-01-19 22:31:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5607 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 6ca7cfb | 2009-11-05 00:51:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5608 | |
Douglas Gregor | eaebc75 | 2008-11-06 23:29:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5609 | // Build a built-in binary operation. |
Douglas Gregor | 6ca7cfb | 2009-11-05 00:51:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5610 | return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5611 | } |
| 5612 | |
Douglas Gregor | bc736fc | 2009-03-13 23:49:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5613 | Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5614 | unsigned OpcIn, |
Douglas Gregor | bc736fc | 2009-03-13 23:49:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5615 | ExprArg InputArg) { |
| 5616 | UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn); |
Douglas Gregor | 7425373 | 2008-11-19 15:42:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5617 | |
Mike Stump | 390b4cc | 2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5618 | // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately. |
Douglas Gregor | bc736fc | 2009-03-13 23:49:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5619 | Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5620 | QualType resultType; |
| 5621 | switch (Opc) { |
Douglas Gregor | bc736fc | 2009-03-13 23:49:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5622 | case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf: |
| 5623 | assert(false && "Invalid unary operator"); |
| 5624 | break; |
| 5625 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5626 | case UnaryOperator::PreInc: |
| 5627 | case UnaryOperator::PreDec: |
Eli Friedman | de99a45 | 2009-07-22 22:25:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5628 | case UnaryOperator::PostInc: |
| 5629 | case UnaryOperator::PostDec: |
Sebastian Redl | e6d5a4a | 2008-12-20 09:35:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5630 | resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc, |
Eli Friedman | de99a45 | 2009-07-22 22:25:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5631 | Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc || |
| 5632 | Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5633 | break; |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5634 | case UnaryOperator::AddrOf: |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5635 | resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc); |
| 5636 | break; |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5637 | case UnaryOperator::Deref: |
Steve Naroff | 1ca9b11 | 2007-12-18 04:06:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5638 | DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5639 | resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc); |
| 5640 | break; |
| 5641 | case UnaryOperator::Plus: |
| 5642 | case UnaryOperator::Minus: |
Steve Naroff | c80b4ee | 2007-07-16 21:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5643 | UsualUnaryConversions(Input); |
| 5644 | resultType = Input->getType(); |
Sebastian Redl | 2850784 | 2009-02-26 14:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5645 | if (resultType->isDependentType()) |
| 5646 | break; |
Douglas Gregor | 7425373 | 2008-11-19 15:42:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5647 | if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1 |
| 5648 | break; |
| 5649 | else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7 |
| 5650 | resultType->isEnumeralType()) |
| 5651 | break; |
| 5652 | else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6 |
| 5653 | Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus && |
| 5654 | resultType->isPointerType()) |
| 5655 | break; |
| 5656 | |
Sebastian Redl | 0eb2330 | 2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5657 | return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) |
| 5658 | << resultType << Input->getSourceRange()); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5659 | case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement |
Steve Naroff | c80b4ee | 2007-07-16 21:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5660 | UsualUnaryConversions(Input); |
| 5661 | resultType = Input->getType(); |
Sebastian Redl | 2850784 | 2009-02-26 14:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5662 | if (resultType->isDependentType()) |
| 5663 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 02a6514 | 2008-07-25 23:52:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5664 | // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension. |
| 5665 | if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType()) |
| 5666 | // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation. |
Chris Lattner | d3a94e2 | 2008-11-20 06:06:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5667 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex) |
Chris Lattner | d162584 | 2008-11-24 06:25:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5668 | << resultType << Input->getSourceRange(); |
Chris Lattner | 02a6514 | 2008-07-25 23:52:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5669 | else if (!resultType->isIntegerType()) |
Sebastian Redl | 0eb2330 | 2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5670 | return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) |
| 5671 | << resultType << Input->getSourceRange()); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5672 | break; |
| 5673 | case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation |
| 5674 | // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5). |
Steve Naroff | c80b4ee | 2007-07-16 21:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5675 | DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input); |
| 5676 | resultType = Input->getType(); |
Sebastian Redl | 2850784 | 2009-02-26 14:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5677 | if (resultType->isDependentType()) |
| 5678 | break; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5679 | if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1 |
Sebastian Redl | 0eb2330 | 2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5680 | return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) |
| 5681 | << resultType << Input->getSourceRange()); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5682 | // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5. |
Sebastian Redl | 0eb2330 | 2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5683 | // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8 |
| 5684 | resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5685 | break; |
Chris Lattner | dbb3697 | 2007-08-24 21:16:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5686 | case UnaryOperator::Real: |
Chris Lattner | dbb3697 | 2007-08-24 21:16:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5687 | case UnaryOperator::Imag: |
Chris Lattner | ba27e2a | 2009-02-17 08:12:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5688 | resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real); |
Chris Lattner | dbb3697 | 2007-08-24 21:16:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5689 | break; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5690 | case UnaryOperator::Extension: |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5691 | resultType = Input->getType(); |
| 5692 | break; |
| 5693 | } |
| 5694 | if (resultType.isNull()) |
Sebastian Redl | 0eb2330 | 2009-01-19 00:08:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5695 | return ExprError(); |
Douglas Gregor | bc736fc | 2009-03-13 23:49:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5696 | |
| 5697 | InputArg.release(); |
Steve Naroff | 6ece14c | 2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5698 | return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc)); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5699 | } |
| 5700 | |
Douglas Gregor | 6ca7cfb | 2009-11-05 00:51:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5701 | Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 5702 | UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc, |
| 5703 | ExprArg input) { |
Douglas Gregor | bc736fc | 2009-03-13 23:49:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5704 | Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get(); |
Anders Carlsson | a8a1e3d | 2009-11-14 21:26:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5705 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() && |
| 5706 | Opc != UnaryOperator::Extension) { |
Douglas Gregor | bc736fc | 2009-03-13 23:49:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5707 | // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this |
| 5708 | // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local |
| 5709 | // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of |
| 5710 | // the arguments. |
| 5711 | FunctionSet Functions; |
| 5712 | OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc); |
| 5713 | if (OverOp != OO_None) { |
Douglas Gregor | 6ca7cfb | 2009-11-05 00:51:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5714 | if (S) |
| 5715 | LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(), |
| 5716 | Functions); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5717 | DeclarationName OpName |
Douglas Gregor | bc736fc | 2009-03-13 23:49:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5718 | = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp); |
Sebastian Redl | 644be85 | 2009-10-23 19:23:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5719 | ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, &Input, 1, Functions); |
Douglas Gregor | bc736fc | 2009-03-13 23:49:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5720 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 6ca7cfb | 2009-11-05 00:51:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5721 | |
Douglas Gregor | bc736fc | 2009-03-13 23:49:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5722 | return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input)); |
| 5723 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 6ca7cfb | 2009-11-05 00:51:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5724 | |
Douglas Gregor | bc736fc | 2009-03-13 23:49:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5725 | return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input)); |
| 5726 | } |
| 5727 | |
Douglas Gregor | 6ca7cfb | 2009-11-05 00:51:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5728 | // Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. |
| 5729 | Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 5730 | tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) { |
| 5731 | return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), move(input)); |
| 5732 | } |
| 5733 | |
Steve Naroff | 1b273c4 | 2007-09-16 14:56:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5734 | /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". |
Sebastian Redl | f53597f | 2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5735 | Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 5736 | SourceLocation LabLoc, |
| 5737 | IdentifierInfo *LabelII) { |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5738 | // Look up the record for this label identifier. |
Chris Lattner | ea29a3a | 2009-04-18 20:01:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5739 | LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII]; |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5740 | |
Daniel Dunbar | 0ffb125 | 2008-08-04 16:51:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5741 | // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It |
| 5742 | // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody. |
Steve Naroff | caaacec | 2009-03-13 15:38:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5743 | if (LabelDecl == 0) |
Steve Naroff | 6ece14c | 2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5744 | LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5745 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5746 | // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'. |
Sebastian Redl | f53597f | 2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5747 | return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl, |
| 5748 | Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy))); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5749 | } |
| 5750 | |
Sebastian Redl | f53597f | 2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5751 | Sema::OwningExprResult |
| 5752 | Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt, |
| 5753 | SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})" |
| 5754 | Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get()); |
Chris Lattner | ab18c4c | 2007-07-24 16:58:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5755 | assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!"); |
| 5756 | CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt); |
| 5757 | |
Eli Friedman | dca2b73 | 2009-01-24 23:09:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5758 | bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0; |
Chris Lattner | 4a049f0 | 2009-04-25 19:11:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5759 | if (isFileScope) |
Sebastian Redl | f53597f | 2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5760 | return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope)); |
Eli Friedman | dca2b73 | 2009-01-24 23:09:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5761 | |
Chris Lattner | ab18c4c | 2007-07-24 16:58:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5762 | // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for |
| 5763 | // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently. |
| 5764 | // More semantic analysis is needed. |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5765 | |
Chris Lattner | ab18c4c | 2007-07-24 16:58:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5766 | // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one |
| 5767 | // as the type of the stmtexpr. |
| 5768 | QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy; |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5769 | |
Chris Lattner | 611b2ec | 2008-07-26 19:51:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5770 | if (!Compound->body_empty()) { |
| 5771 | Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back(); |
| 5772 | // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body. |
| 5773 | while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt)) |
| 5774 | LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt(); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5775 | |
Chris Lattner | 611b2ec | 2008-07-26 19:51:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5776 | if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt)) |
Chris Lattner | ab18c4c | 2007-07-24 16:58:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5777 | Ty = LastExpr->getType(); |
Chris Lattner | 611b2ec | 2008-07-26 19:51:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5778 | } |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5779 | |
Eli Friedman | b1d796d | 2009-03-23 00:24:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5780 | // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement |
| 5781 | // expressions are not lvalues. |
| 5782 | |
Sebastian Redl | f53597f | 2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5783 | substmt.release(); |
| 5784 | return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc)); |
Chris Lattner | ab18c4c | 2007-07-24 16:58:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5785 | } |
Steve Naroff | d34e915 | 2007-08-01 22:05:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5786 | |
Sebastian Redl | f53597f | 2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5787 | Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, |
| 5788 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
| 5789 | SourceLocation TypeLoc, |
| 5790 | TypeTy *argty, |
| 5791 | OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, |
| 5792 | unsigned NumComponents, |
| 5793 | SourceLocation RPLoc) { |
| 5794 | // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on |
| 5795 | // error. |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | e866190 | 2009-08-19 01:28:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5796 | // FIXME: Preserve type source info. |
| 5797 | QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty); |
Chris Lattner | 73d0d4f | 2007-08-30 17:45:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5798 | assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!"); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5799 | |
Sebastian Redl | 2850784 | 2009-02-26 14:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5800 | bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType(); |
| 5801 | |
Chris Lattner | 73d0d4f | 2007-08-30 17:45:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5802 | // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first |
| 5803 | // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents |
| 5804 | // a struct/union/class. |
Sebastian Redl | 2850784 | 2009-02-26 14:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5805 | if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType()) |
Sebastian Redl | f53597f | 2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5806 | return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5807 | |
Eli Friedman | b1d796d | 2009-03-23 00:24:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5808 | // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable |
| 5809 | // with an incomplete type would be illegal. |
Douglas Gregor | 4fdf1fa | 2009-03-11 16:48:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5810 | |
Eli Friedman | 35183ac | 2009-02-27 06:44:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5811 | // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process |
| 5812 | // the offsetof designators. |
| 5813 | QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy); |
| 5814 | Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr); |
Sebastian Redl | f53597f | 2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5815 | Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref, |
Eli Friedman | 35183ac | 2009-02-27 06:44:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5816 | ArgTy, SourceLocation()); |
Eli Friedman | 1d24259 | 2009-01-26 01:33:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5817 | |
Chris Lattner | 9e2b75c | 2007-08-31 21:49:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5818 | // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a |
| 5819 | // GCC extension, diagnose them. |
Eli Friedman | 35183ac | 2009-02-27 06:44:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5820 | // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in |
| 5821 | // a system header! |
Chris Lattner | 9e2b75c | 2007-08-31 21:49:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5822 | if (NumComponents != 1) |
Chris Lattner | dcd5ef1 | 2008-11-19 05:27:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5823 | Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator) |
| 5824 | << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5825 | |
Sebastian Redl | 2850784 | 2009-02-26 14:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5826 | if (!Dependent) { |
Eli Friedman | c0d600c | 2009-05-03 21:22:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5827 | bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false; |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5828 | |
John McCall | d00f200 | 2009-11-04 03:03:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5829 | if (RequireCompleteType(TypeLoc, Res->getType(), |
| 5830 | diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type)) |
| 5831 | return ExprError(); |
| 5832 | |
Sebastian Redl | 2850784 | 2009-02-26 14:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5833 | // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably |
| 5834 | // leaks like a sieve. |
| 5835 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) { |
| 5836 | const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i]; |
| 5837 | if (OC.isBrackets) { |
| 5838 | // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements? |
| 5839 | const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType()); |
| 5840 | if (!AT) { |
| 5841 | Res->Destroy(Context); |
Sebastian Redl | f53597f | 2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5842 | return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type) |
| 5843 | << Res->getType()); |
Sebastian Redl | 2850784 | 2009-02-26 14:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5844 | } |
| 5845 | |
| 5846 | // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded. |
| 5847 | |
Eli Friedman | 35183ac | 2009-02-27 06:44:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5848 | // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript |
| 5849 | // expression. |
| 5850 | DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res); |
| 5851 | |
Sebastian Redl | 2850784 | 2009-02-26 14:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5852 | // C99 6.5.2.1p1 |
| 5853 | Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E); |
Sebastian Redl | f53597f | 2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5854 | // FIXME: Leaks Res |
Sebastian Redl | 2850784 | 2009-02-26 14:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5855 | if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType()) |
Sebastian Redl | f53597f | 2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5856 | return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(), |
Chris Lattner | 338395d | 2009-04-25 22:50:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5857 | diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer) |
Sebastian Redl | f53597f | 2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5858 | << Idx->getSourceRange()); |
Sebastian Redl | 2850784 | 2009-02-26 14:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5859 | |
| 5860 | Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(), |
| 5861 | OC.LocEnd); |
| 5862 | continue; |
Chris Lattner | 73d0d4f | 2007-08-30 17:45:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5863 | } |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5864 | |
Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5865 | const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); |
Sebastian Redl | 2850784 | 2009-02-26 14:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5866 | if (!RC) { |
| 5867 | Res->Destroy(Context); |
Sebastian Redl | f53597f | 2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5868 | return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) |
| 5869 | << Res->getType()); |
Sebastian Redl | 2850784 | 2009-02-26 14:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5870 | } |
Chris Lattner | 704fe35 | 2007-08-30 17:59:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5871 | |
Sebastian Redl | 2850784 | 2009-02-26 14:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5872 | // Get the decl corresponding to this. |
| 5873 | RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl(); |
Anders Carlsson | 6d7f149 | 2009-05-01 23:20:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5874 | if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { |
Anders Carlsson | 5992e4a | 2009-05-02 18:36:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5875 | if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) { |
Anders Carlsson | f9b8bc6 | 2009-05-02 17:45:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5876 | ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type) |
| 5877 | << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd) |
| 5878 | << Res->getType()); |
Anders Carlsson | 5992e4a | 2009-05-02 18:36:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5879 | DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true; |
| 5880 | } |
Anders Carlsson | 6d7f149 | 2009-05-01 23:20:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5881 | } |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5882 | |
John McCall | a24dc2e | 2009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5883 | LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName); |
| 5884 | LookupQualifiedName(R, RD); |
John McCall | f36e02d | 2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5885 | |
Sebastian Redl | 2850784 | 2009-02-26 14:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5886 | FieldDecl *MemberDecl |
John McCall | f36e02d | 2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5887 | = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(R.getAsSingleDecl(Context)); |
Sebastian Redl | f53597f | 2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5888 | // FIXME: Leaks Res |
Sebastian Redl | 2850784 | 2009-02-26 14:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5889 | if (!MemberDecl) |
Douglas Gregor | 3f09327 | 2009-10-13 21:16:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5890 | return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member) |
| 5891 | << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd)); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5892 | |
Sebastian Redl | 2850784 | 2009-02-26 14:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5893 | // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field. |
| 5894 | // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield. |
Eli Friedman | e935696 | 2009-04-26 20:50:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5895 | if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { |
Anders Carlsson | f1b1d59 | 2009-05-01 19:30:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5896 | Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference( |
John McCall | 09b6d0e | 2009-11-11 03:23:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5897 | OC.LocEnd, MemberDecl, Res, OC.LocEnd).takeAs<Expr>(); |
Eli Friedman | e935696 | 2009-04-26 20:50:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5898 | } else { |
| 5899 | // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it |
| 5900 | // doesn't matter here. |
| 5901 | Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd, |
| 5902 | MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType()); |
| 5903 | } |
Sebastian Redl | 2850784 | 2009-02-26 14:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5904 | } |
Chris Lattner | 73d0d4f | 2007-08-30 17:45:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5905 | } |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5906 | |
Sebastian Redl | f53597f | 2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5907 | return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf, |
| 5908 | Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc)); |
Chris Lattner | 73d0d4f | 2007-08-30 17:45:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5909 | } |
| 5910 | |
| 5911 | |
Sebastian Redl | f53597f | 2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5912 | Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
| 5913 | TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2, |
| 5914 | SourceLocation RPLoc) { |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | e866190 | 2009-08-19 01:28:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5915 | // FIXME: Preserve type source info. |
| 5916 | QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1); |
| 5917 | QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5918 | |
Steve Naroff | d34e915 | 2007-08-01 22:05:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5919 | assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)"); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5920 | |
Douglas Gregor | c12a9c5 | 2009-05-19 22:28:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5921 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| 5922 | Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus) |
| 5923 | << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc); |
| 5924 | return ExprError(); |
| 5925 | } |
| 5926 | |
Sebastian Redl | f53597f | 2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5927 | return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc, |
| 5928 | argT1, argT2, RPLoc)); |
Steve Naroff | d34e915 | 2007-08-01 22:05:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5929 | } |
| 5930 | |
Sebastian Redl | f53597f | 2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5931 | Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
| 5932 | ExprArg cond, |
| 5933 | ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2, |
| 5934 | SourceLocation RPLoc) { |
| 5935 | Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get()); |
| 5936 | Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get()); |
| 5937 | Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get()); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5938 | |
Steve Naroff | d04fdd5 | 2007-08-03 21:21:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5939 | assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)"); |
| 5940 | |
Sebastian Redl | 2850784 | 2009-02-26 14:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5941 | QualType resType; |
Douglas Gregor | ce94049 | 2009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5942 | bool ValueDependent = false; |
Douglas Gregor | c9ecc57 | 2009-05-19 22:43:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5943 | if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) { |
Sebastian Redl | 2850784 | 2009-02-26 14:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5944 | resType = Context.DependentTy; |
Douglas Gregor | ce94049 | 2009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5945 | ValueDependent = true; |
Sebastian Redl | 2850784 | 2009-02-26 14:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5946 | } else { |
| 5947 | // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression. |
| 5948 | llvm::APSInt condEval(32); |
| 5949 | SourceLocation ExpLoc; |
| 5950 | if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc)) |
Sebastian Redl | f53597f | 2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5951 | return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc, |
| 5952 | diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant) |
| 5953 | << CondExpr->getSourceRange()); |
Steve Naroff | d04fdd5 | 2007-08-03 21:21:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5954 | |
Sebastian Redl | 2850784 | 2009-02-26 14:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5955 | // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr. |
| 5956 | resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType(); |
Douglas Gregor | ce94049 | 2009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5957 | ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent() |
| 5958 | : RHSExpr->isValueDependent(); |
Sebastian Redl | 2850784 | 2009-02-26 14:39:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5959 | } |
| 5960 | |
Sebastian Redl | f53597f | 2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5961 | cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release(); |
| 5962 | return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr, |
Douglas Gregor | ce94049 | 2009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5963 | resType, RPLoc, |
| 5964 | resType->isDependentType(), |
| 5965 | ValueDependent)); |
Steve Naroff | d04fdd5 | 2007-08-03 21:21:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5966 | } |
| 5967 | |
Steve Naroff | 4eb206b | 2008-09-03 18:15:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5968 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 5969 | // Clang Extensions. |
| 5970 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 5971 | |
| 5972 | /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started. |
Steve Naroff | 090276f | 2008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5973 | void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) { |
Steve Naroff | 4eb206b | 2008-09-03 18:15:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5974 | // Analyze block parameters. |
| 5975 | BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo(); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5976 | |
Steve Naroff | 4eb206b | 2008-09-03 18:15:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5977 | // Add BSI to CurBlock. |
| 5978 | BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock; |
| 5979 | CurBlock = BSI; |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5980 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | 7d5c74e | 2009-06-19 23:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5981 | BSI->ReturnType = QualType(); |
Steve Naroff | 4eb206b | 2008-09-03 18:15:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5982 | BSI->TheScope = BlockScope; |
Mike Stump | b83d287 | 2009-02-19 22:01:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5983 | BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false; |
Daniel Dunbar | 1d2154c | 2009-07-29 01:59:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5984 | BSI->hasPrototype = false; |
Chris Lattner | 17a7830 | 2009-04-19 05:28:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5985 | BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking; |
| 5986 | CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false; |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5987 | |
Steve Naroff | 090276f | 2008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5988 | BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc); |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5989 | PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl); |
Steve Naroff | 090276f | 2008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5990 | } |
| 5991 | |
Mike Stump | 98eb8a7 | 2009-02-04 22:31:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5992 | void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) { |
Mike Stump | af199f3 | 2009-05-07 18:43:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5993 | assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!"); |
Mike Stump | 98eb8a7 | 2009-02-04 22:31:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5994 | |
| 5995 | if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0 |
| 5996 | || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) { |
Douglas Gregor | 9cdda0c | 2009-06-17 21:51:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5997 | ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo); |
Mike Stump | 98eb8a7 | 2009-02-04 22:31:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5998 | QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope); |
| 5999 | |
Mike Stump | 4eeab84 | 2009-04-28 01:10:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6000 | if (T->isArrayType()) { |
| 6001 | Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(), |
| 6002 | diag::err_block_returns_array); |
| 6003 | return; |
| 6004 | } |
| 6005 | |
Mike Stump | 98eb8a7 | 2009-02-04 22:31:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6006 | // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume (). |
| 6007 | if (!T->isFunctionType()) |
| 6008 | T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0); |
| 6009 | |
| 6010 | CurBlock->hasPrototype = true; |
| 6011 | CurBlock->isVariadic = false; |
Fariborz Jahanian | 2f7c392 | 2009-05-14 20:53:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6012 | // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block. |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 40b598e | 2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6013 | if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) { |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6014 | Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(), |
Fariborz Jahanian | 3bba33d | 2009-05-15 21:18:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6015 | diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1; |
Fariborz Jahanian | 2f7c392 | 2009-05-14 20:53:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6016 | // FIXME: remove the attribute. |
| 6017 | } |
John McCall | 183700f | 2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6018 | QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6019 | |
Chris Lattner | 9097af1 | 2009-04-11 19:27:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6020 | // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. |
| 6021 | if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) { |
| 6022 | Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(), |
| 6023 | diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy; |
| 6024 | return; |
| 6025 | } |
Mike Stump | 98eb8a7 | 2009-02-04 22:31:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6026 | return; |
| 6027 | } |
| 6028 | |
Steve Naroff | 4eb206b | 2008-09-03 18:15:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6029 | // Analyze arguments to block. |
| 6030 | assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && |
| 6031 | "Not a function declarator!"); |
| 6032 | DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun; |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6033 | |
Steve Naroff | 090276f | 2008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6034 | CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype; |
| 6035 | CurBlock->isVariadic = true; |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6036 | |
Steve Naroff | 4eb206b | 2008-09-03 18:15:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6037 | // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes |
| 6038 | // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument. |
| 6039 | if (FTI.hasPrototype && |
| 6040 | FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6041 | (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&& |
| 6042 | FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) { |
Steve Naroff | 4eb206b | 2008-09-03 18:15:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6043 | // empty arg list, don't push any params. |
Steve Naroff | 090276f | 2008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6044 | CurBlock->isVariadic = false; |
Steve Naroff | 4eb206b | 2008-09-03 18:15:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6045 | } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) { |
| 6046 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6047 | CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()); |
Steve Naroff | 090276f | 2008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6048 | CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic; |
Steve Naroff | 4eb206b | 2008-09-03 18:15:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6049 | } |
Jay Foad | beaaccd | 2009-05-21 09:52:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6050 | CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(), |
Chris Lattner | 9097af1 | 2009-04-11 19:27:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6051 | CurBlock->Params.size()); |
Fariborz Jahanian | d66f22d | 2009-05-19 17:08:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6052 | CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic); |
Douglas Gregor | 9cdda0c | 2009-06-17 21:51:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6053 | ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo); |
Steve Naroff | 090276f | 2008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6054 | for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(), |
| 6055 | E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI) |
| 6056 | // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. |
| 6057 | if ((*AI)->getIdentifier()) |
| 6058 | PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope); |
Chris Lattner | 9097af1 | 2009-04-11 19:27:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6059 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | 2f7c392 | 2009-05-14 20:53:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6060 | // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block. |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6061 | if (!CurBlock->isVariadic && |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 40b598e | 2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6062 | CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) { |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6063 | Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(), |
Fariborz Jahanian | 3bba33d | 2009-05-15 21:18:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6064 | diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1; |
Fariborz Jahanian | 2f7c392 | 2009-05-14 20:53:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6065 | // FIXME: remove the attribute. |
| 6066 | } |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6067 | |
Chris Lattner | 9097af1 | 2009-04-11 19:27:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6068 | // Analyze the return type. |
| 6069 | QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope); |
John McCall | 183700f | 2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6070 | QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6071 | |
Chris Lattner | 9097af1 | 2009-04-11 19:27:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6072 | // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. |
| 6073 | if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) { |
| 6074 | Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(), |
| 6075 | diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy; |
| 6076 | } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType()) |
Fariborz Jahanian | 7d5c74e | 2009-06-19 23:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6077 | CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy; |
Steve Naroff | 4eb206b | 2008-09-03 18:15:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6078 | } |
| 6079 | |
| 6080 | /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback |
| 6081 | /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. |
| 6082 | void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) { |
| 6083 | // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted. |
| 6084 | llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6085 | |
Chris Lattner | 17a7830 | 2009-04-19 05:28:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6086 | CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking; |
| 6087 | |
Steve Naroff | 4eb206b | 2008-09-03 18:15:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6088 | // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks. |
Chris Lattner | 5c59e2b | 2009-04-21 22:38:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6089 | PopDeclContext(); |
Steve Naroff | 4eb206b | 2008-09-03 18:15:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6090 | CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; |
Steve Naroff | 4eb206b | 2008-09-03 18:15:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6091 | // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well??? |
Steve Naroff | 4eb206b | 2008-09-03 18:15:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6092 | } |
| 6093 | |
| 6094 | /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement |
| 6095 | /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} |
Sebastian Redl | f53597f | 2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6096 | Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, |
| 6097 | StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) { |
Chris Lattner | 9af5500 | 2009-03-27 04:18:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6098 | // If blocks are disabled, emit an error. |
| 6099 | if (!LangOpts.Blocks) |
| 6100 | Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6101 | |
Steve Naroff | 4eb206b | 2008-09-03 18:15:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6102 | // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted. |
| 6103 | llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock); |
Steve Naroff | 4eb206b | 2008-09-03 18:15:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6104 | |
Steve Naroff | 090276f | 2008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6105 | PopDeclContext(); |
| 6106 | |
Steve Naroff | 4eb206b | 2008-09-03 18:15:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6107 | // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks. |
| 6108 | CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6109 | |
Steve Naroff | 4eb206b | 2008-09-03 18:15:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6110 | QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy; |
Fariborz Jahanian | 7d5c74e | 2009-06-19 23:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6111 | if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull()) |
| 6112 | RetTy = BSI->ReturnType; |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6113 | |
Steve Naroff | 4eb206b | 2008-09-03 18:15:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6114 | llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes; |
| 6115 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i) |
| 6116 | ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType()); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6117 | |
Mike Stump | 5692586 | 2009-07-28 22:04:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6118 | bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>(); |
Steve Naroff | 4eb206b | 2008-09-03 18:15:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6119 | QualType BlockTy; |
| 6120 | if (!BSI->hasPrototype) |
Mike Stump | 5692586 | 2009-07-28 22:04:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6121 | BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0, |
| 6122 | NoReturn); |
Steve Naroff | 4eb206b | 2008-09-03 18:15:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6123 | else |
Jay Foad | beaaccd | 2009-05-21 09:52:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6124 | BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(), |
Mike Stump | 5692586 | 2009-07-28 22:04:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6125 | BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0, |
| 6126 | NoReturn); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6127 | |
Eli Friedman | b1d796d | 2009-03-23 00:24:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6128 | // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract |
Douglas Gregor | e0762c9 | 2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6129 | DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end()); |
Steve Naroff | 4eb206b | 2008-09-03 18:15:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6130 | BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6131 | |
Chris Lattner | 17a7830 | 2009-04-19 05:28:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6132 | // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block. |
| 6133 | if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking) |
| 6134 | DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get())); |
| 6135 | CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking; |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6136 | |
Anders Carlsson | e9146f2 | 2009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6137 | BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>()); |
Mike Stump | 5692586 | 2009-07-28 22:04:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6138 | CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody()); |
Sebastian Redl | f53597f | 2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6139 | return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy, |
| 6140 | BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs)); |
Steve Naroff | 4eb206b | 2008-09-03 18:15:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6141 | } |
| 6142 | |
Sebastian Redl | f53597f | 2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6143 | Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
| 6144 | ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type, |
| 6145 | SourceLocation RPLoc) { |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | e866190 | 2009-08-19 01:28:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6146 | QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type); |
Chris Lattner | 0d20b8a | 2009-04-05 15:49:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6147 | Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get()); |
| 6148 | Expr *OrigExpr = E; |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6149 | |
Anders Carlsson | 7c50aca | 2007-10-15 20:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6150 | InitBuiltinVaListType(); |
Eli Friedman | c34bcde | 2008-08-09 23:32:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6151 | |
| 6152 | // Get the va_list type |
| 6153 | QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); |
Eli Friedman | 5c091ba | 2009-05-16 12:46:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6154 | if (VaListType->isArrayType()) { |
| 6155 | // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64, |
| 6156 | // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to |
| 6157 | // a pointer for va_arg. |
Eli Friedman | c34bcde | 2008-08-09 23:32:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6158 | VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType); |
Eli Friedman | 5c091ba | 2009-05-16 12:46:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6159 | // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately. |
| 6160 | UsualUnaryConversions(E); |
| 6161 | } else { |
| 6162 | // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because |
| 6163 | // it is modified by va_arg. |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6164 | if (!E->isTypeDependent() && |
Douglas Gregor | dd02730 | 2009-05-19 23:10:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6165 | CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this)) |
Eli Friedman | 5c091ba | 2009-05-16 12:46:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6166 | return ExprError(); |
| 6167 | } |
Eli Friedman | c34bcde | 2008-08-09 23:32:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6168 | |
Douglas Gregor | dd02730 | 2009-05-19 23:10:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6169 | if (!E->isTypeDependent() && |
| 6170 | !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) { |
Sebastian Redl | f53597f | 2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6171 | return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(), |
| 6172 | diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list) |
Chris Lattner | 0d20b8a | 2009-04-05 15:49:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6173 | << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange()); |
Chris Lattner | 9dc8f19 | 2009-04-05 00:59:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6174 | } |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6175 | |
Eli Friedman | b1d796d | 2009-03-23 00:24:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6176 | // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract |
Anders Carlsson | 7c50aca | 2007-10-15 20:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6177 | // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in. |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6178 | |
Sebastian Redl | f53597f | 2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6179 | expr.release(); |
| 6180 | return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(), |
| 6181 | RPLoc)); |
Anders Carlsson | 7c50aca | 2007-10-15 20:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6182 | } |
| 6183 | |
Sebastian Redl | f53597f | 2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6184 | Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) { |
Douglas Gregor | 2d8b273 | 2008-11-29 04:51:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6185 | // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of |
| 6186 | // pointers on the target. |
| 6187 | QualType Ty; |
| 6188 | if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth()) |
| 6189 | Ty = Context.IntTy; |
| 6190 | else |
| 6191 | Ty = Context.LongTy; |
| 6192 | |
Sebastian Redl | f53597f | 2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6193 | return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc)); |
Douglas Gregor | 2d8b273 | 2008-11-29 04:51:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6194 | } |
| 6195 | |
Anders Carlsson | b76cd3d | 2009-11-10 04:46:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6196 | static void |
| 6197 | MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(Sema& SemaRef, |
| 6198 | QualType DstType, |
| 6199 | Expr *SrcExpr, |
| 6200 | CodeModificationHint &Hint) { |
| 6201 | if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().ObjC1) |
| 6202 | return; |
| 6203 | |
| 6204 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); |
| 6205 | if (!PT) |
| 6206 | return; |
| 6207 | |
| 6208 | // Check if the destination is of type 'id'. |
| 6209 | if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) { |
| 6210 | // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface. |
| 6211 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl(); |
| 6212 | if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString")) |
| 6213 | return; |
| 6214 | } |
| 6215 | |
| 6216 | // Strip off any parens and casts. |
| 6217 | StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenCasts()); |
| 6218 | if (!SL || SL->isWide()) |
| 6219 | return; |
| 6220 | |
| 6221 | Hint = CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@"); |
| 6222 | } |
| 6223 | |
Chris Lattner | 5cf216b | 2008-01-04 18:04:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6224 | bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, |
| 6225 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 6226 | QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, |
| 6227 | Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) { |
| 6228 | // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions). |
| 6229 | bool isInvalid = false; |
| 6230 | unsigned DiagKind; |
Anders Carlsson | b76cd3d | 2009-11-10 04:46:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6231 | CodeModificationHint Hint; |
| 6232 | |
Chris Lattner | 5cf216b | 2008-01-04 18:04:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6233 | switch (ConvTy) { |
| 6234 | default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type"); |
| 6235 | case Compatible: return false; |
Chris Lattner | b7b6115 | 2008-01-04 18:22:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6236 | case PointerToInt: |
Chris Lattner | 5cf216b | 2008-01-04 18:04:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6237 | DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int; |
| 6238 | break; |
Chris Lattner | b7b6115 | 2008-01-04 18:22:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6239 | case IntToPointer: |
| 6240 | DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer; |
| 6241 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 5cf216b | 2008-01-04 18:04:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6242 | case IncompatiblePointer: |
Anders Carlsson | b76cd3d | 2009-11-10 04:46:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6243 | MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(*this, DstType, SrcExpr, Hint); |
Chris Lattner | 5cf216b | 2008-01-04 18:04:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6244 | DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer; |
| 6245 | break; |
Eli Friedman | f05c05d | 2009-03-22 23:59:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6246 | case IncompatiblePointerSign: |
| 6247 | DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign; |
| 6248 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 5cf216b | 2008-01-04 18:04:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6249 | case FunctionVoidPointer: |
| 6250 | DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func; |
| 6251 | break; |
| 6252 | case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers: |
Douglas Gregor | 77a5223 | 2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6253 | // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the |
| 6254 | // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char* |
| 6255 | // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME: |
| 6256 | // Ideally, this check would be performed in |
| 6257 | // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a |
| 6258 | // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an |
| 6259 | // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part |
| 6260 | // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for |
| 6261 | // C++ semantics. |
| 6262 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && |
| 6263 | IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType)) |
| 6264 | return false; |
Chris Lattner | 5cf216b | 2008-01-04 18:04:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6265 | DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers; |
| 6266 | break; |
Sean Hunt | c9132b6 | 2009-11-08 07:46:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6267 | case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers: |
Fariborz Jahanian | 3451e92 | 2009-11-09 22:16:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6268 | DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch; |
Fariborz Jahanian | 36a862f | 2009-11-07 20:20:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6269 | break; |
Steve Naroff | 1c7d067 | 2008-09-04 15:10:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6270 | case IntToBlockPointer: |
| 6271 | DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer; |
| 6272 | break; |
| 6273 | case IncompatibleBlockPointer: |
Mike Stump | 25efa10 | 2009-04-21 22:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6274 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer; |
Steve Naroff | 1c7d067 | 2008-09-04 15:10:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6275 | break; |
Steve Naroff | 3957907 | 2008-10-14 22:18:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6276 | case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId: |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6277 | // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since |
Steve Naroff | 3957907 | 2008-10-14 22:18:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6278 | // it can give a more specific diagnostic. |
| 6279 | DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id; |
| 6280 | break; |
Anders Carlsson | b0f90cc | 2009-01-30 23:17:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6281 | case IncompatibleVectors: |
| 6282 | DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors; |
| 6283 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 5cf216b | 2008-01-04 18:04:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6284 | case Incompatible: |
| 6285 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible; |
| 6286 | isInvalid = true; |
| 6287 | break; |
| 6288 | } |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6289 | |
Chris Lattner | d9d22dd | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6290 | Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor |
Anders Carlsson | b76cd3d | 2009-11-10 04:46:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6291 | << SrcExpr->getSourceRange() << Hint; |
Chris Lattner | 5cf216b | 2008-01-04 18:04:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6292 | return isInvalid; |
| 6293 | } |
Anders Carlsson | e21555e | 2008-11-30 19:50:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6294 | |
Chris Lattner | 3bf6893 | 2009-04-25 21:59:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6295 | bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){ |
Eli Friedman | 3b5ccca | 2009-04-25 22:26:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6296 | llvm::APSInt ICEResult; |
| 6297 | if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) { |
| 6298 | if (Result) |
| 6299 | *Result = ICEResult; |
| 6300 | return false; |
| 6301 | } |
| 6302 | |
Anders Carlsson | e21555e | 2008-11-30 19:50:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6303 | Expr::EvalResult EvalResult; |
| 6304 | |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6305 | if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() || |
Anders Carlsson | e21555e | 2008-11-30 19:50:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6306 | EvalResult.HasSideEffects) { |
| 6307 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange(); |
| 6308 | |
| 6309 | if (EvalResult.Diag) { |
| 6310 | // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression" |
| 6311 | // or if it's actually in a subexpression. |
| 6312 | if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice || |
| 6313 | E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens()) |
| 6314 | Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag); |
| 6315 | } |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6316 | |
Anders Carlsson | e21555e | 2008-11-30 19:50:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6317 | return true; |
| 6318 | } |
| 6319 | |
Eli Friedman | 3b5ccca | 2009-04-25 22:26:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6320 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) << |
| 6321 | E->getSourceRange(); |
Anders Carlsson | e21555e | 2008-11-30 19:50:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6322 | |
Eli Friedman | 3b5ccca | 2009-04-25 22:26:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6323 | if (EvalResult.Diag && |
| 6324 | Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored) |
| 6325 | Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag); |
Mike Stump | eed9cac | 2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6326 | |
Anders Carlsson | e21555e | 2008-11-30 19:50:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6327 | if (Result) |
| 6328 | *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); |
| 6329 | return false; |
| 6330 | } |
Douglas Gregor | e0762c9 | 2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6331 | |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6332 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext |
| 6333 | Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) { |
Douglas Gregor | ac7610d | 2009-06-22 20:57:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6334 | // Introduce a new set of potentially referenced declarations to the stack. |
| 6335 | if (NewContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) |
| 6336 | PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.push_back(PotentiallyReferencedDecls()); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6337 | |
Douglas Gregor | ac7610d | 2009-06-22 20:57:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6338 | std::swap(ExprEvalContext, NewContext); |
| 6339 | return NewContext; |
| 6340 | } |
| 6341 | |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6342 | void |
Douglas Gregor | ac7610d | 2009-06-22 20:57:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6343 | Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext OldContext, |
| 6344 | ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) { |
| 6345 | ExprEvalContext = NewContext; |
| 6346 | |
| 6347 | if (OldContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) { |
| 6348 | // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack |
| 6349 | // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic |
| 6350 | // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId). |
| 6351 | PotentiallyReferencedDecls RemainingDecls; |
| 6352 | RemainingDecls.swap(PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back()); |
| 6353 | PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.pop_back(); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6354 | |
Douglas Gregor | ac7610d | 2009-06-22 20:57:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6355 | for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator I = RemainingDecls.begin(), |
| 6356 | IEnd = RemainingDecls.end(); |
| 6357 | I != IEnd; ++I) |
| 6358 | MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second); |
| 6359 | } |
| 6360 | } |
Douglas Gregor | e0762c9 | 2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6361 | |
| 6362 | /// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code. |
| 6363 | /// |
| 6364 | /// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced |
| 6365 | /// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration |
| 6366 | /// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2, |
| 6367 | /// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used. |
| 6368 | /// |
| 6369 | /// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced. |
| 6370 | /// |
| 6371 | /// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code. |
| 6372 | void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) { |
| 6373 | assert(D && "No declaration?"); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6374 | |
Douglas Gregor | d7f37bf | 2009-06-22 23:06:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6375 | if (D->isUsed()) |
| 6376 | return; |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6377 | |
Douglas Gregor | b5352cf | 2009-10-08 21:35:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6378 | // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a |
| 6379 | // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions |
| 6380 | // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and |
| 6381 | // -Wunused-parameters) |
| 6382 | if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || |
| 6383 | (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())) |
Douglas Gregor | e0762c9 | 2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6384 | D->setUsed(true); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6385 | |
Douglas Gregor | e0762c9 | 2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6386 | // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for |
| 6387 | // an instantiation. |
| 6388 | if (CurContext->isDependentContext()) |
| 6389 | return; |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6390 | |
Douglas Gregor | ac7610d | 2009-06-22 20:57:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6391 | switch (ExprEvalContext) { |
| 6392 | case Unevaluated: |
| 6393 | // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing. |
| 6394 | return; |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6395 | |
Douglas Gregor | ac7610d | 2009-06-22 20:57:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6396 | case PotentiallyEvaluated: |
| 6397 | // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is |
| 6398 | // "used"; handle this below. |
| 6399 | break; |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6400 | |
Douglas Gregor | ac7610d | 2009-06-22 20:57:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6401 | case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated: |
| 6402 | // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this |
| 6403 | // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is |
| 6404 | // potentially evaluated. |
| 6405 | PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back().push_back(std::make_pair(Loc, D)); |
| 6406 | return; |
| 6407 | } |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6408 | |
Douglas Gregor | e0762c9 | 2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6409 | // Note that this declaration has been used. |
Fariborz Jahanian | b7f4cc0 | 2009-06-22 17:30:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6410 | if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) { |
Fariborz Jahanian | 485f087 | 2009-06-22 23:34:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6411 | unsigned TypeQuals; |
Fariborz Jahanian | 05a5c45 | 2009-06-22 20:37:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6412 | if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) { |
| 6413 | if (!Constructor->isUsed()) |
| 6414 | DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6415 | } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() && |
Mike Stump | ac5fc7c | 2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6416 | Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) { |
Fariborz Jahanian | 485f087 | 2009-06-22 23:34:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6417 | if (!Constructor->isUsed()) |
| 6418 | DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals); |
| 6419 | } |
Fariborz Jahanian | 8d2b356 | 2009-06-26 23:49:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6420 | } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) { |
| 6421 | if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed()) |
| 6422 | DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor); |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6423 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | c75bc2d | 2009-06-25 21:45:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6424 | } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { |
| 6425 | if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() && |
| 6426 | MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) { |
| 6427 | if (!MethodDecl->isUsed()) |
| 6428 | DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl); |
| 6429 | } |
| 6430 | } |
Fariborz Jahanian | f5ed9e0 | 2009-06-24 22:09:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6431 | if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6432 | // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of |
Douglas Gregor | 1637be7 | 2009-06-26 00:10:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6433 | // class templates. |
Douglas Gregor | 3b846b6 | 2009-10-27 20:53:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6434 | if (!Function->getBody() && Function->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) { |
Douglas Gregor | b3ae4fc | 2009-10-12 20:18:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6435 | bool AlreadyInstantiated = false; |
| 6436 | if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo |
| 6437 | = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) { |
| 6438 | if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid()) |
| 6439 | SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc); |
Douglas Gregor | 3b846b6 | 2009-10-27 20:53:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6440 | else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind() |
| 6441 | == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) |
Douglas Gregor | b3ae4fc | 2009-10-12 20:18:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6442 | AlreadyInstantiated = true; |
| 6443 | } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo |
| 6444 | = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) { |
| 6445 | if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid()) |
| 6446 | MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc); |
Douglas Gregor | 3b846b6 | 2009-10-27 20:53:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6447 | else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind() |
| 6448 | == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) |
Douglas Gregor | b3ae4fc | 2009-10-12 20:18:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6449 | AlreadyInstantiated = true; |
| 6450 | } |
| 6451 | |
| 6452 | if (!AlreadyInstantiated) |
| 6453 | PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc)); |
| 6454 | } |
| 6455 | |
Douglas Gregor | e0762c9 | 2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6456 | // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions |
Douglas Gregor | e0762c9 | 2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6457 | Function->setUsed(true); |
| 6458 | return; |
Douglas Gregor | d7f37bf | 2009-06-22 23:06:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6459 | } |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6460 | |
Douglas Gregor | e0762c9 | 2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6461 | if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { |
Douglas Gregor | 7caa682 | 2009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6462 | // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates. |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6463 | if (Var->isStaticDataMember() && |
Douglas Gregor | b3ae4fc | 2009-10-12 20:18:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6464 | Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) { |
| 6465 | MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo(); |
| 6466 | assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?"); |
| 6467 | if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() && |
| 6468 | MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) { |
| 6469 | MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc); |
| 6470 | PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc)); |
| 6471 | } |
| 6472 | } |
Mike Stump | 1eb4433 | 2009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6473 | |
Douglas Gregor | e0762c9 | 2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6474 | // FIXME: keep track of references to static data? |
Douglas Gregor | 7caa682 | 2009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6475 | |
Douglas Gregor | e0762c9 | 2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6476 | D->setUsed(true); |
Douglas Gregor | 7caa682 | 2009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6477 | return; |
Sam Weinig | cce6ebc | 2009-09-11 03:29:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6478 | } |
Douglas Gregor | e0762c9 | 2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6479 | } |
Anders Carlsson | 8c8d919 | 2009-10-09 23:51:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6480 | |
| 6481 | bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 6482 | CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) { |
| 6483 | if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType()) |
| 6484 | return false; |
| 6485 | |
| 6486 | PartialDiagnostic Note = |
| 6487 | FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here) |
| 6488 | << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag(); |
| 6489 | SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation(); |
| 6490 | |
| 6491 | if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType, |
| 6492 | FD ? |
| 6493 | PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return) |
| 6494 | << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() : |
| 6495 | PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return) |
| 6496 | << CE->getSourceRange(), |
| 6497 | std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note))) |
| 6498 | return true; |
| 6499 | |
| 6500 | return false; |
| 6501 | } |
| 6502 | |
John McCall | 5a881bb | 2009-10-12 21:59:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6503 | // Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses |
| 6504 | // will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want. |
| 6505 | void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) { |
| 6506 | SourceLocation Loc; |
| 6507 | |
John McCall | a52ef08 | 2009-11-11 02:41:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6508 | unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment; |
| 6509 | |
John McCall | 5a881bb | 2009-10-12 21:59:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6510 | if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) { |
| 6511 | BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E); |
| 6512 | if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign) |
| 6513 | return; |
| 6514 | |
John McCall | c8d8ac5 | 2009-11-12 00:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6515 | // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory. |
| 6516 | if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME |
| 6517 | = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) { |
| 6518 | Selector Sel = ME->getSelector(); |
| 6519 | |
John McCall | c8d8ac5 | 2009-11-12 00:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6520 | // self = [<foo> init...] |
| 6521 | if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS()) |
| 6522 | && Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName().startswith("init")) |
| 6523 | diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment; |
| 6524 | |
| 6525 | // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject] |
| 6526 | else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() && |
| 6527 | Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName() == "nextObject") |
| 6528 | diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment; |
| 6529 | } |
John McCall | a52ef08 | 2009-11-11 02:41:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6530 | |
John McCall | 5a881bb | 2009-10-12 21:59:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6531 | Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc(); |
| 6532 | } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) { |
| 6533 | CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E); |
| 6534 | if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal) |
| 6535 | return; |
| 6536 | |
| 6537 | Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc(); |
| 6538 | } else { |
| 6539 | // Not an assignment. |
| 6540 | return; |
| 6541 | } |
| 6542 | |
John McCall | 5a881bb | 2009-10-12 21:59:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6543 | SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin(); |
John McCall | 2d15215 | 2009-10-12 22:25:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6544 | SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd()); |
John McCall | 5a881bb | 2009-10-12 21:59:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6545 | |
John McCall | a52ef08 | 2009-11-11 02:41:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6546 | Diag(Loc, diagnostic) |
John McCall | 5a881bb | 2009-10-12 21:59:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 6547 | << E->getSourceRange() |
| 6548 | << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(") |
| 6549 | << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")"); |
| 6550 | } |
| 6551 | |
| 6552 | bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) { |
| 6553 | DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E); |
| 6554 | |
| 6555 | if (!E->isTypeDependent()) { |
| 6556 | DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E); |
| 6557 | |
| 6558 | QualType T = E->getType(); |
| 6559 | |
| 6560 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| 6561 | if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4 |
| 6562 | return true; |
| 6563 | } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1 |
| 6564 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar) |
| 6565 | << T << E->getSourceRange(); |
| 6566 | return true; |
| 6567 | } |
| 6568 | } |
| 6569 | |
| 6570 | return false; |
| 6571 | } |